Laboratory Catalog

Home , Homogenizer, Laminar flow cabinet

METTLER TOLEDO Laboratory Catalog 2014/15 Laboratory Catalog Service Automated Chemistry Pipettes Thermal Analysis pH Meters&Electrodes Refractometers Density Meters Titration Software Balances to Improve Customer Processes Analytical Excellence 2014/15

Contents

General Introduction 4 – 23 LabX Software 16 – 19 Service 20 – 23

Balances 24 – 71 Applications and Accessories 72 – 97

Mass Comparators 98 – 103

Quantos – Automated Dosing 104 – 113

Moisture Analyzers 114 – 123

Pipettes 124 – 141

Titration 142 – 169

Density Meters & Refractometers 170 – 183

pH Meters & Electrodes 184 – 207

Autochem 208 – 219

Melting Point & Dropping Point 220 – 227

Thermal Analysis 228 – 238

You will find a detailed table of contents on the overview page of the respective chapter

3 Product Portfolio

Innovative Products For a Wide Range of Applications

METTLER TOLEDO's comprehensive product range provides users with flexibility and precision in every application plus outstanding quality and functionality. See the overview of our range below.

Weighing Titration pH Measurement Thermal Analysis METTLER TOLEDO is con- The new generation From basic handhelds METTLER TOLEDO is the stantly changing the world of titration solutions to flexible two-channel technology leader in of balances. The Quantos focuses on ease of use meters, METTLER TOLEDO thermal analysis instru- automated dosing and and flexibility: Its unique offers a full spectrum of mentation. The innovative sample preparation solu- One Click™ user interface premium quality pH and product range includes tion and innovations keeps training times to a ion instruments. Seven- DSC, TGA, TMA and DMA, such as StatusLight, minimum and speeds up Excellence meters, for as well as an unmatched, StaticDetect and Smart- workflows. The completely example, stand for easy- very powerful common Grid provide complete automatic recognition to-understand operation, software platform. Recent weighing security. Our of connected sensors, high measurement accu- innovations such as Flash comprehensive portfolio burettes and other acces- racy and outstanding flex- DSC, the TOPEM® modu- of lab balances offers sories saves time again, ibility: Depending on the lation technique and the maximum user protection, while also enhancing module attached, various HSS7 DSC sensor guaran- unparalleled measure- operational safety. The parameters such as pH, tee better results at higher ment performance, full modular design ensures conductivity etc. can be sensitivities. data security and seam- perfect adaption to any measured. less traceability. titration application.

4 Density & Pipetting Software & Services Automated Chemistry Refractive Index RAININ pipettes enhance METTLER TOLEDO offers a METTLER TOLEDO provides The days of manual deter- lab performance and help full range of support and the enabling technology, minations with pycno reduce time-to-market service options for all of software and people that meters and o ptical refrac- by guaranteeing optimum its solutions, including can help build a seamless tometers are a thing of the accuracy and repeatabil- flexible service packages, workflow to transform past. METTLER TOLEDO’s ity. Innovative ergonomic technical assistance, bench scale chemistry into digital instruments deter- designs, including the validation services, a commercial process. mine the refractive index patented LTS LiteTouch obsolescence advice Our enabling tools and and density simply, accu- System, minimize fatigue and instrument training. services have been a rately, and, depending and injuries, thus help- Furthermore, METTLER strategic resource provid- on the instrument, even ing to reduce operator TOLEDO has developed a ing critical information to simultaneously. Auto errors and inaccuracies. variety of software solu- thousands of development mation solutions help to RAININ’s calibration and tions to allow the com- scientists and engineers reduce the measurement maintenance services prehensive control and for more than 20 years. of large sample batches are built on METTLER networking of instruments to one click of the barcode TOLEDO’s high-precision from anywhere. reader. balances and expertise.

5 New Products

New Product Solutions For Research and Development

METTLER TOLEDO offers a broad portfolio of high performance laboratory instruments for many different applications. Our broad product portfolio was developed to meet the special needs of research and development.

EasySampler PureSpeed Tips Automated Representative Sampling Fast Protein Purification

Taking samples for offline analysis is com- Rainin's PureSpeed tips speed purification and mon but difficult. EasySampler automatically simplify production of high-quality, highly- samples homogeneous, heterogeneous and concentrated protein and biomolecule sam- viscous chemistry. Samples are taken and ples. Together with the E4 XLS pipette, they quenched at reaction conditions, leading to offer a convenient, low-cost, semi-automated representative, reproducible sampling. method of purifying biomolecules.

More information at More information on page 134 } www.mt.com/easysampler

6 SevenExcellence™ Unmatched Performance and Flexibility

The operation of the new SevenExcellence™ is so intuitive thanks to the cleverly-devised touch screen menu operation. It also offers flexibility on all levels, ranging from the number of measurement parameters to the choice of a vast collection of peripheral devices.

More information on page 188

7 New Products

New Product Solutions For Effective Quality Control

Getting reliable results efficiently is key for most quality control laboratories. METTLER TOLEDO’s new product solutions not only focus on providing precise results but also make operation easier and support compliance with SOPs and regulations.

EasyPlus Titration InMotion Autosamplers Simple and Affordable Flexible and Efficient

The new EasyPlus™ Titrator is especially Automation in a laboratory today has high designed for routine applications and is so demands for a variety of samples and work- simply operated due to the Apps oriented flows. InMotion Autosamplers are designed user interface. To keep programming fast to maximize throughput in the minimal space and simple, the iTitrate™ guidance leads and to increase productivity. They are a fit for operators through setup and method pro- any workload and bench capable of analyz- gramming step-by-step. ing over 300 samples.

More information on page 154 More information on page 150

8 XPE Balances Worry-free Weighing

Enjoy a new dimension in analytical weighing with a unique combination of intelligent features that make your daily weighing tasks easy and error-free. You can relax, safe in the knowledge that your results are valid and your processes are under control.

More information on page 38

9 Global Presence

Global Presence With Strong Solutions

Lab instruments are such important tools that a powerful lab partner is a great asset, especially one with the R&D strength and knowledge to develop products that add true value to lab processes. METTLER TOLEDO boasts a truly global presence ready to serve you in even the most remote locations and providing application support and technical assistance wherever and whenever needed.

Large, highly experienced Support Force

We serve our customers worldwide with one of the largest sales and service networks in the industry. Over 5,000 factory-trained special-ists in sales, application support and technical service are on-hand to assist you in increasing the efficiency, cost- effectiveness, safety and reliability of your operational processes. The local teams are able to maintain close relationships with users, they have the flexibility to adapt support and service in line with different user requirements.

10 METTLER TOLEDO has its own Sales & Service Organizations in 36 countries as well as Distribution & Service Partners in most other countries across the globe. Products are developed and produced in various locations in the United States, Europe and China.

Continuous Innovation Global Presence

Innovation means traditional research and develop- With our own market organizations operating in most ment, but it goes beyond technology and involves all industrialized countries as well as selected partners of our employees. METTLER TOLEDO has long been in other regions, we are ready to serve customers well a leader in innovation – not only in products and around the globe. In total our products and services services, but in the way we think about everything. are available in over 100 countries. Our geographically Innovation is the art of finding answers before the focused market organizations are responsible for all question is asked. Our Company’s culture centers on aspects of sales, service and support. innovation. With a team of over 1000 scientists and engineers we spend considerably more than our peers on product development. Originally known as specialists for weighing, today we are a recognized leader in various technologies which translate into powerful lab solutions.

METTLER TOLEDO sales & service locations } www.mt.com/global-presence

11 Information Tools

Stay up to date With METTLER TOLEDO

METTLER TOLEDO offers a variety of publications to keep you and your business up to date and well informed. Our offering includes technical journals, such as UserCom, live webinars giving expert advice and attractive videos via our laboratory YouTube channel. Register now and profit from these tools today.

Application Database Live and on-demand Webinars YouTube Laboratory Channel

We offer comprehensive appli- Our web-based seminars (webi- Experience our range of labo- cation support for weighing, nars), live and on demand, give ratory products with selected moisture analysis, titration and you the opportunity to receive videos from our YouTube labora- many other analytical methods. specific and relevant informa- tory channel. The informative Our titration application database tion concerning our products and videos offer a comprehensive alone holds over 300 applica- applications. You can also ben- overview of our product innovations for all relevant industry efit from our reports on the new- tions and application solutions. segments. est and most advanced methods and standards available.

e.g. Titration applications e.g. Thermal Analysis Webinars Watch our videos at www.mt.com/titration_applications www.mt.com/ta-webinars www.youtube.com/mtlaboratory

e.g. Thermal Analysis applications e.g. Automated Chemistry Webinars www.mt.com/ta-applications www.mt.com/ac-webinars

e.g. moisture applications www.mt.com/moisture-methods 12 Segment News Magazines

This industry segment oriented Technical Journals newsletter provides you with application stories, technical use Our popular UserCom journal cases and latest product news. contains practical expert tips and describes interesting applications from different fields. It features many practical examples that show you how to work better and more efficiently.

Read online e.g. Thermal Analysis UserCom www.mt.com/lab-segmentnews www.mt.com/ta-usercoms

e.g. Analytical Chemistry UserCom www.mt.com/anachem-usercom

13 One Click

Simplify Your Daily Routines With One Click™

Many lab instruments require multiple steps to get an analysis or other processes started. This can be a true hassle especially for routine operations, but also makes it hard to use instruments for infrequent users. Therefore METTLER TOLEDO has worked with its broad user base to develop One Click operation: All your routine tasks are executed at the press of One Click! See how it works…

Karl Fischer Titrator

One Click One Click One Click One Click Access Method Start Routine Task Back Home The home If a method key Press the cor- The “home” screen of the is pressed, the responding button on the instrument complete rou- shortcut to instrument shows all the tine is started. start com- brings the user key tasks of a No further con- mon routing to the home certain user. firmations or tasks such as screen, nobody configurations cleaning or can get lost in Refractometer are needed: data evalua- the user inter- Just One Click. tion. face.

14 Analytical Balance

Excellence Titrator

Karl Fischer Titrator

Density Meter

Melting Point

One common operation interface across all key Lab instruments

Most of the METTLER TOLEDO instruments share the same One Click user interface. This means e.g. that once you know how to use a titrator it’s very easy to use a density meter or melting point instrument as well.

Key benefits of One Click operation:

• Easier and faster execution of tasks • Each user sees only the functions/actions he needs • Routine users e.g. in production only see what they need and are not confused by unneeded functionality • Operation mistakes are avoided • SOP are automatically followed See One Click in action • Less training is needed in this short video: www.mt.com/one-click-titration

15 LabX software

LabX Software Power the Bench

LabX software brings power to the lab bench by providing full user guidance on the instrument touchscreen, handling all data automatically, and ensuring process security on multiple instruments – all with one software and no manual transactions.

In the Office In the Lab On the Instrument

With LabX you control data and According to how your lab works, LabX provides full step by step process information centrally. work on the instrument or com- user guidance on the instrument You can manage SOP methods, puter. Full user guidance is touchscreen. Automatic data han- users and instruments, and also enforced with all data automati- dling means manual transcription view results as they are generated cally and securely recorded and errors are eliminated. Overall in real time. printed. LabX software offers a simplified and secure system.

16 On the Computer

Use design tools for your application methods and reports according to your SOP. The complete overview of data and control of instruments is available from any computer at all times. For more information: www.mt.com/LabX

17 LabX software

LabX Software Security and Compliance

Operate and manage multiple lab benchtop instruments with one common software resulting in one interface to learn. LabX on the instrument ensures complete user guidance and data security while supporting the regulated and paperless lab.

Process Security Regulation Support Paperless Lab

Ensure your process security Full traceability, enforced SOP SOP guidance sent to the instru- with complete user guidance of methods, and extensive audit trail ment with results automatically your SOP on the instrument touch supports the regulated lab with recorded means – no manual screen – even without a computer 21 CFR part 11, EU Annex 11, entries – no transcription errors – on the lab bench. and ISO 17025. no paper.

18 Step 1 Starter Pack Express Starter Pack Server LabX comes in two distinct Up to 3 instruments attached Up to 30 instruments and the capability but upgradeable editions. to a local computer. to distribute the system over multiple computers. Advanced options available.

Edition LabX Express Edition LabX Server

Instrument License x1 Instrument License x1

Option License* Option License User Management

* The option license for user management is Option License Auto Import/Export included for Liquiphysics and Thermal Values

Step 2 Option License Description Customize your LabX User Management Central management of user rights and roles system to fit your Product Database Easy organization and management of your product data application needs. Auto Import/Export Data transfer in CSV and XML formats Regulation* Regulatory support, including 21 CFR Part 11 Report Designer* Create customized reports, including charts, graphs, logos, tables System Integration* Integration with other software, including LIMS and ERP (via API web service) * Only available with LabX Server

Step 3 Supported Benchtop Instruments: Choose the instruments • Balance you will connect to LabX. • Density Meter • Melting Point • Quantos • Refractometer • Titrator

For more information: www.mt.com/LabX

19 Service

METTLER TOLEDO Service The Market Leader at Your Service

Day-to-day laboratory routine is highly repetitive yet innovative, characterized by very complex applications and the need for guaranteed data quality and strict control of the process risks. It is a world very sensitive to the total cost per data point that demands for utmost precision and accuracy and permanent compliance with industrial regulations and norms.

Four values satisfying your service needs METTLER TOLEDO has understood these challenges and the continuous support requirements of our customers and thus provides you with a profound know-how and a comprehensive service offering focusing on the following four key values, highly relevant in every laboratory environment around the world.

Uptime Performance Compliance

Easy access to support know- Professional installation and Full compliance with your indus- how and regular equipment setup of your equipment along tries’ regulatory norms is a must checks according to standard with the use of thoroughly tested all over the world. This secures procedures ensure maximum applications guarantee high per- audits and provides you with uptime at minimal costs. formance from day one. peace of mind.

Your laboratory equipment is Regular preventative mainten Take advantage of our compre- often subjected to tough envi- ance according to procedures hensive equipment qualification ronments and high-utilization recommended by the manu- and calibration packages com- in critical processes, requiring facturer ensures efficient and bining standard DQ/IQ/OQ every minute of uptime, guarding consistent performance through- documentation with recommen- against equipment breakdown, out the life of your equipment, dations for maintenance and parts failure, and ‘wear and tear’. preventing out-of-specs results routine testing specific to your at all times. application.

20 Expertise

Your expertise paired with the know-how of our Service Team are key to maximum uptime, best performance and 100% compliance.

Benefit from the large portfolio of optimized applications, scientific publications, SOPs and technical documentation. In our tailored trainings and seminars, your per- Get more information on sonnel acquires the knowledge www.mt.com/service and skills to run your business with maximum efficiency.

21 Good Measuring Practices

Good Measuring Practices Five Steps to Improved Quality

Good Measuring Practices by METTLER TOLEDO is a global program supporting you in laboratory and production environments with quality assurance.

The five steps of all Good Measuring Practices guidelines start with an evaluation of the measuring needs of your processes and their associated risks. We also take into account regulatory requirements and norms relevant to your industry.

With this information, Good Measuring Practices provide straight forward recommendations for selecting, installing, calibrating and operating laboratory equipment and devices.

Optimize Cost & Quality Tame Your Process Risk Comply with Regulatory

GTP Risk Check

What is your titration risk? Different factors can affect titration results. Take 5 minutes to answer 8 questions to estimate the reliability of your titration results.

The five steps of Good Measur- METTLER TOLEDO’s risk-based Good Measuring Practices help ing Practices cover the entire guidelines for laboratory equip- you to fully comply with the regu- lifecycle of your equipment and ment empower you to make the latory norms and requirements of deliver practical guidance for right decision when- and wher- your industry. implementing all necessary ever it really matters. quality assurance measures. The guidelines satisfy all your Spend 5 minutes to run our Risk needs for quality control and It may significantly reduce the Check tools and learn more assurance and support you with total cost of ownership of your about your process specific audit-proof documentation, thus laboratory equipment while safe- risks. providing you with peace of mind guarding process quality. at all times! Have every confidence in your process safety and instrument performance day in, day out.

22 1. Evaluation Analyze your process flows and its associated criteria to consistently 5. Routine Operation assure the highest quality of your Benefit from tangible recommen application and your data. dations for optimal performance verification, calibration and maintenance.

2. Selection Choose the ideal combination of instrument and measuring technol- 4. Calibration & Qualification ogy to best match your process needs. Trust the manufacturer-trained METTLER TOLEDO Service Team when it comes to calibrating and qualifying your instruments.

3. Installation & Training Enjoy every confidence in your new device and master it with full professional skills right from day one.

p. 28 Good Weighing Practice™ Guaranteed Better Weighing Results – At Your Fingertips with GWP®

p. 162 Good Titration Practice™ Dependable Titration in Practice – Reliable Results with GTP®

p. 138 Good Pipetting Practice™ Improved Pipetting Techniques – Minimize Risk with GPP™

p. 206 Good Electrochemistry Practice™ Reliable pH Measurements – Thanks to GEP™

p. 182 Good Density and Refractometry Practice™ Secure Density and Refractometry Results – Guaranteed by GDRP™

p. 232 Good Thermal Analysis Practice™ Fast and secure Thermal Analysis Results – With the help of GTAP™

p. 226 Good Melting and Dropping Point Practice™ For more information: Reliable Thermal Values – Optimized by GMDP™ www.mt.com/gp

23 Balances Everything you need for worry-free weighing

24 Page Overview 26 – 27

GWP® Verification 28 – 29

Microbalances Overview 30 – 31 XP Micro and Ultra Microbalances 32 – 33 XPE Micro-Analytical Balances 34 – 35

Analytical Balances Overview 36 – 37 XPE Analytical Balances 38 – 39 XSE Analytical Balances 40 – 41 XA Analytical Balances 42 – 43 MS Semi-microbalances 44 – 45 MS-S Analytical Balances 46 – 47 ML and ME Balances 48 – 49

Precision Balances Overview 50 – 51 XP Precision Balances 52 – 53 XS Precision Balances 54 – 55 Industry Weighing Solutions 56 – 57 MS-L Precision Balances 58 – 59 MS Precision Balances 60 – 61 ML and ME Precision Balances 62 – 63 Classic Light PL-S/PL-L 64 – 65

Software Solutions One Click™ Weighing Solutions 66 – 67

Service Service Agreements, Calibration Certificates 68 – 69 Regulatory Compliance, Expertise 70 – 71

Applications and Accessories 72 – 97

25 Overview

Laboratory Weighing Your Solution is Here

METTLER TOLEDO’s weighing Microbalances expertise and manufacturing competence goes into every To accurately weigh the small- balance to bring you out- est of samples, choose from our range of semi-micro, mi- standing performance. In cro and ultra microbalances combination with laboratory which offer up to 61 million software and dedicated resolution points. accessories, you can c reate a customized solution to make your weighing applications fast, simple and worry- free.

Microbalances

26 Overview

Analytical Balances Precision Balances Software Solutions Service

Trust in your results with our From 120 g to 64 kg, we Enjoy worry-free weighing Our worldwide service network high performing analytical have the precision balance by letting our software solu- is always on hand to help you balances: capacity, read- you need. Robust and easy tions take care of your data keep your instruments per- ability, security features to clean, these balances will automatically. Benefit further forming at their peak. and built-in applications give you years of service. from SOP user guidance, to suit all your analytical assured traceability and in- requirements. creased productivity. Service Software Solutions Precision Balances Analytical Balances

27 GWP® Verification

Accurate Measuring through GWP® The Global Weighing Standard

Good Weighing Practice™ (GWP®) is the science based global weighing standard for the efficient life cycle management of weighing systems. The risk-based approach allows you to improve control of your whole measuring process, which in turn helps to avoid costly out of specification results.

Benchmark Your Quality Management System GWP® Verification helps you assure accurate weighing results as part of your quality management system. Applicable for all balances and scales, it provides an optimized testing and calibrating scheme which may translate to sustainable time and cost savings.

Reproducible Accuracy Feasible Cost Savings Audit-Proof Documentation The GWP® Verification documen- Optimized routine testing based The GWP® Verification summary tation provides all necessary on your risk management report contains the assessment information on testing proce- ensures consistently good quality of all weighing equipment in dures, frequencies, weights and in critical applications. Addition- one audit-proof document. Color pass/fail tolerances. This allows ally, a sound testing scheme codes indicate where require- you to maintain reliable weighing saves costs by eliminating ments have not been met and accuracy over the lifetime of your unnecessary tests in lower risk cost savings can be achieved. weighing equipment. processes. You will receive clear recommendations on how to eliminate any gaps and improve overall quality under operating conditions.

28 GWP® Verification

For your success: you focus on your process; we take care of the measurement.

Your Benefits

• The accuracy of your weighing instruments is matched to your process tolerances. • A comprehensive summary report provides an overview of the status of all weighing equipment. • An optimized routine testing and calibration schedule results in sustainable cost savings. • Audit-proof and up-to-date documentation complements your quality management system.

Latest GWP® Solution

GWP® Recommendation for Counting Selecting the right counting solution saves money and provides peace of mind from the start. The GWP® Recommendation for Counting is a unique qualification service to determine the right counting solution for any specific process requirement.

For more information: www.mt.com/gwp-verification

29 Microbalance Overview

Microbalance Decision Table

This overview helps you identify which microbalance range best suits your needs.

XP Microbalances and XS Microbalances XPE Micro-Analytical Balances Ultra-microbalances Unmatched performance and Superb weighing technology with Higher capacity for dosing repeatability for weighing the dual scale readability. directly into your target container. smallest samples.

Capacity up to 6.1 g Capacity up to 3 g Capacity up to 56 g Readability 1 µg, 0.1 µg Readability 1 µg Readability 1 µg

• Unique Performance • Reproducible Results • Highest Capacity The lowest minimum weight Best in class repeatability of 56 g capactiy with an incred- balances on the market below 0.8 μg ibly low minimum weight • User Friendly • Easy Operation • Efficient Output Intuitive, touchscreen opera- Touchscreen, weigh-in guide, ErgoClips, SmartGrid: easy tion; personal setup interface options dosing and fast results • Highest Safety • Extra Security • Highest Safety Test management, auto int ad- Weighing cell with overload Test management, auto int adjustment, weigh-in guide protection justment, weigh-in guide • Seamless Processes • Seamless Processes • Seamless Processes LabX: automatic data handling, LabX: automatic data handling, LabX: automatic data handling, full SOP guidance full SOP guidance full SOP guidance • Quality Assurance • Quality Assurance MinWeigh, LevelControl, user MinWeigh, LevelControl, user profiles, passwords profiles, passwords

30 Microbalance Overview

XPE56 Micro-Analytical Balance

METTLER TOLEDO microbalances and ultra microbalances offer up to 61 million points of resolution to give you accurate and precise weighing results for the smallest of sample sizes. Years of weighing expertise coupled with innovative technologies brings you balances with outstanding weighing performance.

1000 Balances. 4 Steps. One Recommendation.

www.mt.com/easyﬁnder

www.mt.com/micro

31 XP Micro and Ultra Microbalances

Outstanding Performance for Smallest Sample Sizes

With up to 61 million resolution points, XP Micro and Ultra Microbalances are ideal for accurately measuring the smallest of samples.

Benefit from GWP® Excellence Minimum Weight Easy Operation with LabX Only GWP® Excellence balance The MinWeigh function helps The user can access predefined firmware provides you with inte- to comply with the minimum weighing applications from the grated routine testing procedures sample weight required by USP. display and work through them for guaranteed compliance with Auditors view the MinWeigh step by step using the intuitive your SOP. certificate as a QM document. user prompts.

Optical Guide Automated Processes Tolerances can be set individu- The Automated-S Microbalance is ally. The optical guide helps to easily integrated into automated achieve the smallest possible processes, resulting in higher sample weight. productivity.

XP2U Automated-S Micro- balance for weighing of unique sample shapes.

32 XP Micro and Ultra Microbalances

Accurate High resolution cell technology Results Internal adjustment with sensitivity test XP2U Ultra-Microbalance Efficient Color touchscreen (except XS3DU) Operation User interface in 11 languages Easy cleaning www.mt.com/micro SmartTrac guided dosing to target Automatic draft shield (except XS3DU) SmartSens for hands-free operation Quality Graphical leveling Assurance MinWeigh protection GWP® Excellence FACT, GWP & Admin history 8 users & password protection Seamless LabX ready Process Built-in RS232 & optional 2nd interface

Microbalances Settling time USP Minimum Weighing Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity (typical) Weight 1) pan Ø (mm) Part No. XP2U 2.1 g 0.1 µg 0.2 µg 1.5 µg 10 s 0.3 mg 16 11122430 XS3 DualRange 0. 8g 3.1 g 1 µg / 10 µg 0.8 µg / 5 µg 10 µg 10 s / 6 s 1.5 mg / 9 mg 27 11122445 XP6U 6.1 g 0.1 µg 0.25 µg 4 µg 15 s 0.3 mg 16 11122400 XP6 6.1 g 1 µg 0.6 µg 4 µg 7 s 0.8 mg 27 11122415

Automated Microbalances

XP2U Automated-S 2.1g 0.1 µg 0.2 µg 1 µg 10 s 0.3 mg 61x22 30014393 XP6 Automated-S 6.1g 1 µg 0.6 µg 4 µg 7 s 0.8 mg 61x22 30014395 1) Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value All models also available in verified version.

33 XPE Micro-Analytical Balances

Worry-free Weighing High Capacity Microbalances

The XPE56 and XPE26 micro-analytical balances deliver the highest capacity coupled with the lowest possible minimum weight. This means you can dose directly into a larger tare container, saving valuable material and making significant cost reductions. Fast, easy and safe.

StaticDetect™ – Sample OK StatusLight™ – Balance Ready LabX – Processes Under Control A warning is given if the weigh- The StatusLight uses color to LabX laboratory software pro- ing error caused by static indicate intuitively the status of vides flexible SOP user guidance charges is above the user- the balance. Green means on the balance touchscreen. defined limit. For the highest ready, yellow is a warning and Automatic data handling, calcu- process security, antistatic errors are shown with red. lations and report generation measures neutralize the charge eliminate transcription errors and ensure the most accurate and assure full traceability. results.

SmartGrid Micro Secure Dosing Easy Cleaning The unique SmartGrid minimizes Direct dosing is accurate, fast, Minimize the risk of contamina- the effects of air turbulence, and fits any working situation: Each panel of both the so that stabilization times are tion thanks to the intelligently inner and outer draft shield greatly reduced when compared designed ErgoClips. For the can be removed easily and is to a standard pan weighing pan. fastest possible stabilization cleaned in a flash! times, the MinWeigh door micro is essential.

34 XPE Micro-Analytical Balances

XPE56 Micro-Analytical Balance

Accurate High resolution technology Results Internal adjustment with sensitivity testing Guided Testing Internal temperature control Never miss a routine test again. Using the balance StaticDetect™ touchscreen, your testing SOP’s can be implemented in the TestManager embedded software. Whenever Efficient Color touchscreen a test is due a message is displayed in the screen to Operation 11 languages perform your test with full user guidance. ErgoClips Micro for direct dosing Easy Cleaning SmartGrid Micro hanging weighing pan SmartTrac guided dosing to target Automatic inner & outer draft shield Always Level ™ SmartSens for hands-free operation The new LevelGuide provides you with a warning when the balance is not level. Simple and clear in- Quality Graphical leveling & level warning structions and a graphical level bubble are shown on Assurance MinWeigh protection the screen. Level the balance in seconds! TestManager™ FACT, GWP & Admin history 8 Users & password protection StatusLight™ Seamless LabX ready Process RFID communication ready Compact Antistatic Kit ready Built-in RS232 & optional 2nd interface www.mt.com/micro

Micro-Analytical USP Minimum Weighing pan Model Capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity Weight 1) (mm) Part No. XPE26 26 g 1 µg 1.5 µg 6 µg 1.4 mg 40 x 40 30105893 XPE26 DeltaRange 8 g 26 g 2 µg / 10 µg 2 µg / 5 µg 10 µg 2.4 mg 40 x 40 30105897 XPE56 56 g 1 µg 1.5 µg 20 µg 1.4 mg 40 x 40 30105904 1) Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value All models also available in verified version.

35 Analytical Balance Overview

Analytical Balance Decision Table

This overview helps you identify which analytical balance range best suits your needs.

XPE XSE XA Supporting the highest needs for Excellent all-round performance The essential everyday function- safety, efficiency, quality assur- delivers the perfect solution for a ality you need in a high perfor- ance and ease of compliance. multitude of workplaces. mance balance.

Capacity up to 520 g Capacity up to 220 g Capacity up to 220 g Readability 0.01 mg / 0.1 mg Readability 0.01 mg / 0.1 mg Readability 0.01 mg / 0.1 mg

• Unique Performance • High Performance • Accurate Results USP41 minimum weight down Unique cell concept and Weighing cell, SmartGrid: fast, to 14 mg SmartGrid reliable results • Touchless Safety • Intuitive Operation • Intuitive Operation SmartSens sensors: weigh, Touchscreen, personal setup, Touchscreen, personal setup, tare, open/close doors weighing-in guide weighing-in guide • Seamless Processes • Seamless Processes • Flexible Solutions RFID options; LabX: auto data RFID options; LabX: auto data Wide range of practical acces- handling, SOP guidance handling, SOP guidance sories • Unique Cleaning • Unique Cleaning • Unique Cleaning Fast dismantling weighing Fast dismantling weighing Fast dismantling weighing chamber, dishwasher proof chamber, dishwasher proof chamber, dishwasher proof • Balance Management • Balance Management StatusLight™: balance level, StatusLight™: balance level, tests done, ready to weigh tests done, ready to weigh • Electrostatic Solutions Automatic electrostatic detection, compact ionizer 36 Analytical Balance Overview

1000 Balances. 4 Steps. One Recommendation.

www.mt.com/easyﬁnder

MS ML ME Hardworking balances that give These compact balances save Quality entry level balances with you fast and precise results. space and can be battery oper- reliable performance. ated.

Capacity up to 320 g Capacity up to 220 g Capacity up to 220 g Readability 0.01 mg / 0.1mg Readability 0.1 mg Readability 0.1 mg

• Fast Results • Reliable Results • Simply Reliable High precision weighing cell, MonoBloc weighing cell, Fast results, internal adjust- auto internal adjustment internal adjustment ment • Efficient Operation • Easy Operation • Easy Operation Clear menu, built-in applica- Clear menu, 1 key press Clear menu, 10 applications, tions, personal setup access to applications backlit display • Robust Longevity • Durable Construction • Essential Functionality Full metal housing – tough and Metal base with chemical Just what you need for your chemical resistant resistant housing everyday tasks • Easy Cleaning • Fully Portable QuickLock draft shield disman- Lightweight, use batteries to tles quickly, no tools weigh anywhere

www.mt.com/analytical-balances

37 XPE Analytical Balances

Worry-free Weighing Follow the Green Light with XPE

XPE Analytical Balances provide outstanding performance and the lowest minimum sample weight in analytical weighing, whilst supporting the highest requirements for safety, efficiency and Quality Assurance.

StaticDetect™ – Sample OK StatusLight™ – Balance Ready LabX – Processes Under Control When static charges are present, The StatusLight uses color to LabX laboratory software pro- the weighing error is measured indicate intuitively the status of vides flexible SOP user guidance and a warning is given. For the balance. Green means on the balance touchscreen. the highest process security, ready, yellow is a warning and Automatic data handling, calcu- the user can employ anti-static errors are shown with red. The lations and report generation measures to neutralize the clearly visible light communi- eliminate transcription errors charge and ensure the most cates if the balance is ready for and assure full traceability. accurate results. you to start your weighing task.

SmartGrid & ErgoClips Easy Cleaning Operation – Ergonomic The unique SmartGrid minimizes Minimize the risk of contamina- The enhanced touchscreen user the effects of air turbulence, so tion: Each panel of the draft interface offers intuitive balance that stabilization times are re- shield can be removed easily operation. SmartSens s ensors duced. Direct dosing is accurate, and is cleaned in a flash. allow you to operate your fast, and fits any working situ- balance with the wave of a hand ation thanks to the intelligently (e.g. open/close draft shield designed and flexible ErgoClips door). Tasks are easier, safer and – installed in seconds. cross contamination is avoided.

38 XPE Analytical Balances

XPE205 Analytical Balance

Accurate High Resolution Cell Technology Results Internal adjustment with sensitivity test RFID Solutions Internal temperature control RFID Smart Tags enable secure transfer of titration StaticDetect™ sample information from your balance to your titrator. EasyScan™ checks test and calibration dates on Efficient Color touchscreen pipettes. The built-in application guides you through Operation User interface in 11 languages the pipette check process. ErgoClips for direct sample dosing Easy cleaning SmartGrid hanging weighing pan SmartTrac guided dosing to target Automatic draft shield Always Level ™ SmartSens for hands-free operation The new LevelGuide provides you with a warning when the balance is not level. Full instructions and a Quality Graphical leveling & level warning graphical level bubble are shown on the touchscreen Assurance MinWeigh protection so you can level your balance in seconds. Test Manager FACT, GWP & Admin history 8 users & password protection StatusLight

Seamless Quantos upgrade ready AntiStatic Kits Process LabX ready The compact ionizer fixes on to your balance to gently RFID communication ready and effectively remove charges from the sample and Compact Antistatic Kit ready tare container. External units are also available. Built in RS232 & optional 2nd interface

www.mt.com/xpe-analytical

USP Minimum Weighing Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity Weight 1) pan (mm) Part No. XPE105 120 g 0.01 mg 0.015 mg 0.10 14 mg 78 x73 30087635 XPE205 220 g 0.01 mg 0.015 mg 0.10 14 mg 78 x73 30087653 XPE205 DeltaRange 81g 220 g 0.01 / 0.1 mg 0.015/0.05 mg 0.15 14 mg 78 x73 30087700 XPE204 220 g 0.1 mg 0.05 mg 0.2 80 mg 78 x73 30087643 XPE504 520 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.4 80 mg 78 x73 30087770 1) Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value All models also available in verified version.

39 XSE Analytical Balances

Worry-free Weighing Follow the Green Light with XSE

XSE Analytical Balances offer exceptional weighing performance and quality assurance features as well as excellent ergonomics. They are the perfect workhorse solution for a multitude of workplaces.

Easy Cleaning SmartGrid & ErgoClips StatusLight™ – Balance Ready Minimize the risk of contamina- The unique SmartGrid minimizes The StatusLight uses color to in- tion: Each panel of the draft the effects of air turbulence, dicate intuitively the status of the shield can be removed easily so that stabilization times are balance. Green means ready, and is cleaned in a flash. reduced. Direct dosing is ac- yellow is a warning and errors curate, fast, and fits any working are shown with red. The clearly situation thanks to the intelli- visible light communicates if the gently designed ErgoClips. balance is ready for you to start your weighing task.

LabX – Processes Under Control RFID Solutions LabX laboratory software pro- RFID Smart Tags enable secure vides flexible SOP user guidance transfer of titration sample in- on the balance touchscreen. formation from your balance to Automatic data handling, calcu- your titrator. EasyScan™ checks lations and report generation test and calibration dates on eliminate transcription errors pipettes. The built-in application and assure full traceability. guides you through the pipette check process.

40 XSE Analytical Balances

XSE Analytical Balance

Accurate High Resolution Cell Technology Results Internal Adjustment with Sensitivity Test Always Level 10µg repeatability at 5% load The new LevelGuide™ provides you with a warning when the balance is not level. Full instructions and a Efficient Colour Touchscreen graphical level bubble are shown on the touchscreen Operation User interface in 11 languages so you can level your balance in seconds. Ergoclips for Direct sample dosing Easy Cleaning SmartGrid hanging weighing pan SmartTrac Guided dosing to target Quality Graphical leveling & level warning Assurance MinWeigh protection Test Manager FACT, GWP history 8 users & password protection StatusLight Seamless LabX Ready Process RFID Communication ready Compact Antistatic Kit ready Built in RS232 nd Optional 2 interface www.mt.com/xse-analytical

USP Minimum Weighing pan Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity Weight 1) (mm) Part No. XSE105 DualRange 41g 120 g 0.01 / 0.1 mg 0.02 mg 0.2 mg 20 mg 78 x73 30087716 XSE205 DualRange 81g 220 g 0.01 / 0.1 mg 0.02 mg 0.2 mg 20 mg 78 x73 30087732 XSE104 120 g 0.1 mg 0.05 mg 0.2 mg 80 mg 78 x73 30087708 XSE204 220 g 0.1 mg 0.07 mg 0.2 mg 80 mg 78 x73 30087724 1) Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value All models also available in verified version.

41 XA Analytical Balances

Worry-free Weighing With Straightforward Performance

The XA balance line offers all the fundamental functionality you need combined with the high performance you desire. These straightforward balances are easy-to-use and excel in terms of reliability and repeatability.

Fast Weighing Easy Cleaning Direct Dosing The innovative SmartGrid weigh- To minimize risk of cross-con- ErgoClip container holders allow ing pan on the XA Analytical tamination the complete weigh- the fast and secure positioning Balances reduces stabilization ing chamber can be dismantled of different shaped tare vessels. times and gives you fast results. in seconds and all parts are This precise positioning makes dishwasher safe. dosing straight into the tare container accurate and easy.

Easy Access The user can open each door from both sides. This allows easy access to the balance, and the user’s preferred hand stays free for dosing.

42 XA Analytical Balances

XA204DR Analytical Balance Accurate Results High Resolution Cell Technology Internal Adjustment with Sensitivity Test 10 µg repeatability at 5% load Efficient Touchscreen Operation User interface in 11 languages ErgoClips for direct dosing to target Easy Cleaning SmartGrid hanging weighing pan Quality FACT history Assurance Seamless Built in RS232 Process Optional 2nd interface www.mt.com/xa-analytical

USP Minimum Weighing pan Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity weight 1) Part No. XA105 DualRange 41g 120 g 0.1/0.01 mg 0.02/0.05 mg 0.2 mg 20 mg 78x73 mm 11126800 XA205 DualRange 81g 220 g 0.1/0.01 mg 0.02/0.05 mg 0.2 mg 20 mg 78x73 mm 30005329 XA204 220 g 0.1 mg 0.02 mg 0.2 mg 80 mg 78x73 mm 30005325 XA204 DeltaRange 81g 220 g 1/0.1 mg 0.1/0.5 mg 0.5 mg 80 mg 78x73 mm 11126805

1) Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value Please refer to your sales representative for the local availability.

43 MS Semi-microbalances

Designed for You Right Down to the Last Detail

Quickly set the date or change the language? Open the door and place the weighing sample with a single action? Dismantle the draft shield to clean each glass panel? No problem – MS semi-microbalances help to make more efficient use of your time.

Reliable Efficient Handling Space Saving The METTLER TOLEDO HRT Reduce the number of move- Save working space thanks to (HiRes Weighing Technology) ments needed for every weigh- split draft shield doors that do includes two built-in weights. ing. Open the draft shield not project beyond the balance, Together with FACT (Fully Auto- ErgoDoor with one hand and si- and sideways mounted connec- matic Calibration Technology), multaneously place the weighing tors at the back of the balance. this allows the balance to auto sample with your other hand. matically perform adjustment and linearization.

Versatile in Use Durable and Robust Here is the ideal balance for The metal housing protects the every laboratory weighing weighing sensor from environ- task, be it in process or quality mental influences and impacts. control, density determination or Consistency and precision is formulation. guaranteed year after year – even with intensive use in harsh environments.

44 MS Semi-microbalances

MS Semi-Microbalances

HRT Weighing Cell With two built-in weights, for HRT constant accuracy over the entire weighing range MS105 FACT Fully automatic time- and temperature- controlled internal adjustment

Diagnostics Easy running of balance diagnostics tests e.g. keypad test, repeatability test

ErgoDoor The right door can be opened from the left side and vice versa

SmartTrac Shows how much of the entire weighing range has been used

Smart Key Programmable keys for shortcut Additional Features: acces to preferred applications • Applications: Piece Counting, Percent Weighing, QuickLock Fast and convenient dismantling of Formulation, Statistics, Totaling, Free Factor, the draft shield Recall, Density, Pipette Check • 3 programmable SmartKeys in the keypad Connectivity RS232 to connect to PC, printer or bar code reader; USB to connect to PC offer direct access to preferred applications • The built-in date and time function enables Protection of main balance GLP/GMP compliant print outs of weighing configurations against manipulation results, ensuring full control and traceability of research ErgoSens • Quick and error-free data transfer: For touch-free operation of the balance RS232 port for direct connection to PC, printer or bar code reader, USB port for Protective Cover Protects the balance from stains and scratches connection to PC via standard USB cable • Easy communication in your language OIML (English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Approved versions of all models available Polish, Czech, and Hungarian, etc.) www.mt.com/ms-analytical

USP Min. Weighing 1) Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity 3) Weight pan (mm) Part No. MS105 120 g 0.01 mg 0.04 mg 0.1 mg (0.02 mg) 30 mg ∅ 80 11142056 MS105 DualRange 42 g 120 g 0.01 mg / 0.1 mg 0.03 mg / 0.08 mg 0.15 mg (0.02 mg) 30 mg ∅ 80 11142062

MS205 DualRange 82 g 220 g 0.01 mg / 0.1 mg 0.05 mg / 0.08 mg 0.2 mg (0.02 mg) 30 mg ∅ 80 11142068 MS204 220 g 0.1 mg 0.09 mg 0.2 mg 100 mg ∅ 80 11142074 1) Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value 3) Typical value within 10 g

45 MS-S Analytical Balances

Designed for You High Performance with Lasting Value

Ideal for simple routine tasks or complicated weighing procedures: MS analytical balances convince with strong performance and increased productivity thanks to a fast settling time and consistently reliable results.

Durable and Robust Quick to Dismantle Intuitive Operation The metal housing protects the Remove, clean and put back The easy-to-use interface weighing sensor from environ- all of the QuickLock draft shield enables direct access to applica- mental influences and impacts. glass panels in just a few simple tions and calibration rountines. For guaranteed consistency and steps, without tools and wthout Further, the large brilliant num- precision year after year – even moving the balance.. bers from the clear High Contrast with intensive use in harsh envi- Display (HCD) support an easy ronments. and error-free reading.

Chemical-Resistant The balance housing is resistant to most chemicals, incl. acetone. The protective cover, supplied as standard, offers protection against stains and scratches.

46 MS-S Analytical Balances

MS204S MS-S Analytical Balances

Metal Housing Chemical resistant die-cast aluminum housing

MonoBloc Proven weighing technology for fast and accurate results Additional Features: Protection of main balance • Applications: configurations against manipulation Piece Counting, Percent Weighing, Check Weighing, Dynamic Weighing, Formulation, FACT Fully automatic time- and temperature- Statistics, Totaling, Free Factor, Recall, controlled internal adjustment. Density Connectivity RS232 to connect to PC, printer • 3 programmable SmartKeys in the keypad or bar code reader, USB to connect to PC offer direct access to preferred applications • The built-in date and time function enables Overload Protection Protects the weighing GLP/GMP compliant print outs of weighing cell against excess weight overload results, ensuring full control and traceability of research SmartTrac Shows how much of the entire • Quick and error-free data transfer: weighing range has been used RS232 port for direct connection to PC, printer or bar code reader, USB port for Smart Key Programmable keys for shortcut access to preferred applications connection to PC via standard USB cable • Easy communication in your language OIML Approved versions of all models (English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, available Polish, Czech, and Hungarian, etc.) www.mt.com/ms-analytical

USP Minimum Weighing 1) Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity Weight pan (mm) Part No. MS104S 120 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg 0.16 g ∅ 90 11124474 MS204S 220 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg 0.16 g ∅ 90 11124477 MS304S 320 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg 0.16 g ∅ 90 11124480 1) Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value

47 ML and ME Balances

ML and ME Analytical Balances Offering Convenience and Simplicity

ML and ME balances round off our analytical balance port folio with two d istinct ranges aimed at meeting your different analytical weighing needs. ML balances offer you a compact design and full portability to give you reliable and accurate results in the lab or out in the field. The straightforward ME balances are designed for easy and efficient operation.

ML ME Reliable, Durable, Portable Easy, Efficient, Functional

ML204 ME204

The robust, high performance MonoBloc weighing ME balances offer all the basic functionality you cell gives you accurate results and ensures a long need for your weighing tasks. Easy to use and easy balance lifetime. The compact design has a footprint to clean, your daily work becomes fast and efficient. of just 290 x 184 mm. Battery operation enables The solid construction means you can rely on accu- you to take your ML balance anywhere – ideal for rate results for many years to come. work in the field.

www.mt.com/ml-analytical www.mt.com/me-analytical

48 ML and ME Balances

ML Analytical Balances Special Features

+ Battery Operation Full independence + from power supply for 8 hours

MonoBloc Proven weighing technology for fast and accurate results

FACT Fully automatic time- and temperature- MonoBloc ensures accurate results controlled internal adjustment.* * Available from April 2014

Battery compartment takes 4AA batteries

ML and ME Analytical Balances General Features

Internal Adjustment On demand, at a key press with an internal weight

External Adjustment On demand, at a key press with an external weight

Metal Construction Solid metal base and Metal base and reinforced body reinforced housing ensures robust performance

Overload Protection Protects the weighing cell against excess weight overload

Connectivity RS232 interface for connection to PC or printer. No additional software needed

Protection of main balance configurations against manipulation

Protective Cover Encloses the entire housing protecting the balances from stains and scratches Easy connection

Weighing pan ML Models Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 1) Linearity (mm) Part No. ML54 52 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg ∅ 90 11124770 ML104 120 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg ∅ 90 11124776 ML204 220 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg ∅ 90 11124782

Weighing pan ME Models Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 1) Linearity (mm) Part No. ME54 52 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg ∅ 90 30029068 ME54E 52 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg ∅ 90 30029077 ME104 120 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg ∅ 90 30029067 ME104E 120 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg ∅ 90 30029076 ME204 220 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg ∅ 90 30029066 ME204E 220 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg ∅ 90 30029075 1) Guaranteed value 49 Precision Balance Overview

Precision Balance Decision Table

This overview helps you identify which precision balance range best suits your needs.

XP XS MS When security is a top priority, High throughput is assured with Hardworking balances that give XP safety features minimize your these fast, high performance you fast and precise results. weighing risk. balances.

Capacity up to 64 kg Capacity up to 32 kg Capacity up to 32.2 kg Readability 0.1 mg – 1 g Readability 1 mg – 1 g Readability 1 mg – 1 g

• Excellent Performance • Accurate Results • Fast Results MonoBlocHighSpeed cell, full auto MonoBlocHighSpeed cell, auto MonoBloc cell, auto internal internal adjustment internal adjustment adjustment • Touchless Safety • Intuitive Operation • Efficient Operation SmartSens sensors: weigh, Touchscreen, weighing-in Clear menu, built-in applica- tare guide, personal setup tions, personal setup • Seamless Processes • Seamless Processes • Robust Longevity LabX: automatic data handling, LabX: automatic data handling, Full metal housing - tough and SOP guidance SOP guidance chemical resistant • IP54 In-Use • IP54 In-Use • Stable Protection Protection against dust and Protection against dust and LevelLock feet for stability splashed liquids splashed liquids • Quality Assurance • Quality Assurance Password protection, test Password protection, test management management • Maximum Security MinWeigh, LevelControl, user profiles 50 Precision Balance Overview

1000 Balances. 4 Steps. One Recommendation.

www.mt.com/easyﬁnder

ML ME These compact balances save Quality entry level balances with space and can be battery reliable performance. operated.

Capacity up to 6200 g Capacity up to 4200 g Readability 1 mg – 0.1 g Readability 1 mg / 0.01 g

• Reliable Results • Simply Reliable MonoBloc cell, internal adjust- Fast results, internal adjustment ment • Easy Operation • Easy Operation Clear menu, 1 key press Clear menu, 10 applications, access to applications backlit display • Durable Construction • Essential Functionality Metal base with chemical Just what you need for your resistant housing everyday tasks • Fully Portable Lightweight, use batteries to weigh anywhere

www.mt.com/precision-balances

51 XP Precision Balances

High Security for Harsh Environments

XP precision balances set the standard for weighing, both in the laboratory and in industrial environments. The product portfolio with S- and L-Platforms ranges from 0.1 mg up to 64 kg capacity.

Proven Durability Weighing-in Aid Switch on GWP® A separate processor brings the The optical guide helps to Only GWP® Excellence balance MonoBlocHighSpeed weighing cell achieve the desired weight. firmware provides you with inte- up to maximum speed. Thanks grated routine testing procedures to the Overload Protection even for guaranteed compliance with heavy loads cannot damage the your SOP. X P.

Easy Data Transfer System Integration With the XP’s interface options The weighing platform of the XP you can choose to print out your precision balance is also avail- results straight away or transfer able separately. Compact, robust the data to your PC. Ensure com- and with outstanding weighing plete traceability of your results. performance, it is ideal for system integration. XP404S

52 XP Precision Balances

XP Precision Balances

ProFACT Advanced Fully automatic temperature- and/or time-controlled internal adjustment with as- found and/or as-left internal tests (Advanced functions)

SmartSens and ErgoSens For hands-free operation

QM Toolbox Maximum security in regulated environments

MinWeigh Warns if the minimum weight requirement is violated XP64001L LevelControl Warns when the balance is not leveled Additional features: XP10001S 8 users • Built-in QM Tools (MinWeigh, LevelControl, user management Individual settings, password-protected with password protection, GWP® Excellence, ChangeHistory etc.) • Sensors allowing hands-free operation ® GWP Excellence Integrated automatic safety • Alphanumeric sample identification, 4 IDs per sample functions for external routine testing • Display various weighing units (built-in) and define custom units IP54 In-Use • Piece counting, formulation, percent and dynamic weighing, Protection against dust and splashes of water statistics, density determination, factor calculation and differential weighing Connectivity RS232 built-in, slot for second interface • Be adapted to the environment and weighing process (7 options, incl. wireless Bluetooth and Ethernet) • Large, chemical-resistant stainless steel weighing pans • Overload protection LabX PC software For electronic data management according to 21 CFR Part 11 • Removable terminal • Operates in different languages: FreeWeigh software Connectivity to FreeWeigh.Net EN, DE, FR, IT, ES, RU, JP, CN, CS, PL, HU for optimal process control • Easy connection to LabX PC software www.mt.com/xp-precision

USP Min. Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity Weight 1) Weighing pan Part No. XP204S 210 g 0.1 mg 0.2 mg 0.2 mg 240 mg ∅90 mm 11130052 XP404S 410 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg 80 mg ∅90 mm 11130076 XP404S DeltaRange 80g 410 g 0.1 mg/1 mg 0.1 mg/0.6 mg 0.6 mg 120 mg ∅90 mm 11130082 XP203S 210 g 1 mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1.0g 127x127 mm 11130022 XP603S 610 g 1 mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1.0g 127x127 mm 11130020 XP603S DeltaRange 120 g 610 g 1 mg/10 mg 1 mg/6 mg 6 mg 1.6g 127x127 mm 11130040 with draftwith shield XP1203S 1210 g 1 mg 0.8 mg 2 mg 0.8g 127x127 mm 11130000 XP2003S DeltaRange 50 0 g 2100 g 1 mg/10 mg 1 mg/6 mg 6 mg 1.2g 127x127 mm 11130088 XP5003S DeltaRange 100 0 g 5100 g 1 mg/10 mg 1 mg/6 mg 6 mg 1.2g 127x127 mm 11130094 XP802S 810 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130061 XP1202S 1210 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130070 XP2002S 2100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130060 XP4002S 4100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130102 XP4002S DeltaRange 800 g 4100 g 10 mg/0.1 g 8 mg/60 mg 60 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130039 XP6002S 6100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130100 XP6002S DeltaRange 120 0 g 6100 g 10 mg/0.1 g 8 mg/60 mg 60 mg 10g 170x205 mm 11130101 XP8002S 8100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130201 XP10002S 10100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130200 XP10002S DeltaRange 200 0 g 10100 g 10 mg/0.1 g 8 mg/60 mg 50 mg 10g 170x205 mm 11130206 XP12002S DeltaRange 200 0 g 12100 g 10 mg/0.1 g 10 mg/60 mg 60 mg 12g 170x205 mm 30006911 XP2001S 2100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g 190x 223 mm 11130152 XP4001S 4100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g 190x 223 mm 11130141 XP6001S 6100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g 190x 223 mm 11130140 XP8001S 8100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 100 mg 80 g 190x 223 mm 11130221 XP10001S 10100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 100 mg 80 g 190x 223 mm 11130220

L Platform XP8001L 8100 g 0.1 g 0.08 g 0.2 g 80 g 280x360 mm 11130630 XP16001L 16100 g 0.1 g 0.08 g 0.2 g 80 g 280x360 mm 11130633 XP32001L 32100 g 0.1 g 0.08 g 0.3 g 80 g 280x360 mm 11130636 XP32001L DeltaRange 640 0 g 32100 g 0.1g/1 g 0.1g/0.6 g 0.3 g 80 g 280x360 mm 11130639 XP64001L 64100 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.5 g 80 g 280x360 mm 11130642 XP16000L 16100 g 1 g 0.6 g 0.6 g 800 g 280x360 mm 11130645 XP32000L 32100 g 1 g 0.6 g 0.6 g 800 g 280x360 mm 11130648 XP64000L 64100 g 1 g 0.6 g 0.6 g 800 g 280x360 mm 11130651

1) Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value All models also available in verified version. 53 XS Precision Balances

High-Throughput Weighing Made Easy

The XS precision balance line offers flexible solutions with clever a ccessories. A wide range of options is available to meet your requirements, whatever your application.

Simplify Your Daily Routine Magnetic Protection Wireless Printing The alphanumerical touchpad Avoid magnetic influences with For full traceability, print your on the balance display or the the Magnetic Protection Shield results effortlessly with the connection of a commercial weighing pan. Magnetic sam- Bluetooth wireless Printer keyboard allows quick sample ples or a magnetic stirrer in your BT-P42. Place the printer identification. beaker can no longer affect the wherever you want with no weight determination. cables to worry about.

Fast Cleaning Rounded edges, flat surfaces and no corners where sample High-Capacity Weighing substances can collect. The Large platforms and robust XS has a soil-resistant design construction enable which makes it easy to clean. high-capacity weighing.

XS32001L

54 XS Precision Balances

XS Precision Balances

Smartscreen display Monochrome Touch- screen with freely configurable user interface

GWP® Excellence Integrated automatic safety functions for external routine testing XS8001S FACT Fully automatic internal adjustment Additional Features: MonoBloc HighSpeed technology For peak weighing performance • MonoBlocHighSpeed technology • GWP® Excellence routine testing procedures Reliability For smooth daily operation. • Protect settings with password Built of solid metal, resistant to chemicals. • Different weighing units available, plus define your own custom units IP54 In-Use Protection against dust and • Built-in applications: percent weighing, splashes of water dynamic weighing, statistics, piece count- XP1003S ing, formulation and density determination, SmartTrac Graphically visualizes the factor calculation remaining available capacity • Operation of the balance can be easily configured to accommodate harsh weighing LabX PC software For electronic data conditions management according to 21 CFR Part 11 • Overload Protection • Removable terminal Connectivity RS232 built-in, slot for second • Operates in different languages: EN, DE, FR, interface (7 options, incl. wireless Bluetooth IT, ES, RU, JP, CN, CS, PL, HU and Ethernet) • Easy connection to PC software www.mt.com/xs-precision

XS Precision Balances USP Min. Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity Weight 1) Weighing pan Part No. XS203S 210g 1mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1g 127x127 mm 11130153 XS403S 410g 1mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1g 127x127 mm 11130156 XS603S 610g 1mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1g 127x127 mm 11130159 XS603S DeltaRange 12 0g 610g 1mg/10 mg 1mg/6 mg 6 mg 1.2g 127x127 mm 11130162 with draftwith shield XS1003S 1010g 1mg 0.8 mg 2 mg 0.8g 127x127 mm 11130165 XS802S 810g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130168 XS2002S 2100g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130171 XS4002S 4100g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130174 XS4002S DeltaRange 80 0 g 4100g 10 mg/0.1g 8 mg/60 mg 60 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130177 XS6002S 6100g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130180 XS6002S DeltaRange 120 0 g 6100g 10 mg/0.1g 8 mg/60 mg 60 mg 8g 170x205 mm 11130183 XS4001S 4100g 0.1g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g 190x223 mm 11130186 XS6001S 6100g 0.1g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g 190x223 mm 11130189 XS8001S 8100g 0.1g 80 mg 100 mg 80 g 190x223 mm 11130192 XS10001S 10100g 0.1g 80 mg 100 mg 80 g 190x223 mm 30006900

XS High-Capacity Precision Balances XS8001L 8100g 0.1g 0.08 g 120 g 80 g 280x360 mm 11130660 XS16001L 16100g 0.1g 0.08 g 120 g 80 g 280x360 mm 11130663 XS32001L 32100g 0.1g 0.08 g 120 g 80 g 280x360 mm 11130666 XS32001L DeltaRange 640 0 g 32100g 0.1g/1g 0.1g/0.6 g 120 g 80 g 280x360 mm 11130669 XS16000L 16100g 1g 0.6 g 1200 g 800 g 280x360 mm 11130672 XS32001L XS32000L 32100g 1g 0.6 g 1200 g 800 g 280x360 mm 11130675 1) Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value All models available in verified versions. 55 Industry Weighing Solutions

Uncompromised Safety in Hazardous Areas

XS Ex2 Balances enable efficient weighing in ATEX Zone 2 environments.

ErgoSens Freely placeable and individually configu rable, the ErgoSens enables hands-free operation of the balance. Built for Hard Work The soil-resistant casing has easy to clean surfaces, while the robust construction offers complete overload protection.

Touchscreen Display Safe and simple operation thanks to the convenient touchscreen display with graphical user interface.

XS Precision Balances

Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity Weighing pan Part No. XS204SX 210 g 0.1 mg 0.2 mg 0.2 mg ∅ 90 mm 11121620 XS603SX 610 g 1 mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 127x127 mm 11121626 XS1003SX 1010 g 1 mg 0.8 mg 2 mg 127x127 mm 11121632 DeltaRange 100 0g 5100 g 1 mg/10 mg 1 mg/6 mg 6 mg 127x127 mm 11121638

with draftwith shield XS5003SX XS4002SX 4100 g 0.01 g 8 mg 20 mg 170x205 mm 11121644 XS6002SX 6100 g 0.01 g 8 mg 20 mg 170x205 mm 11121650 XS4001SX 4100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 60 mg 190x223 mm 11121656 XS32001LX 32100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 300 mg 280x360 mm 11121704 XS64001LX 64100 g 0.1 g 100 mg 500 mg 280x360 mm 11121710 XS32000LX 32100 g 1 g 600 mg 600 mg 280x360 mm 11121716 XS64000LX 64100 g 1 g 600 mg 600 mg 280x360 mm 11121722

2) Guaranteed value All models also available in verified version. Power supply for Ex Zone 2 (PS X2) has to be ordered separately. Part number: 11132730 56 Industry Weighing Solutions

Precise Weighing for Industry Workplaces Connect to an Industrial Terminal X-platforms are ideal for precise weighing applica- All the application functionality of tions in industrial environments, including Ex Zone an IND Terminal is available with 2 environments. an X-Platform.

S-Platform L-Platform

www.mt.com/xs-ex-balances

S-Platform USP Minimum Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity Weight 1) Part No. X204S 210 g 0.1 mg 0.2 mg 0.2 mg 240 mg 11130055 X404S 410 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 0.2 mg 120 mg 11130079 X404S DeltaRange 8 0g 410 g 0.1 mg / 1 mg 0.06 mg 0.6 mg 1 mg 11130085 X203S 210 g 1 mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1 g 11130008 X603S 610 g 1 mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1 g 11130014 X603S DeltaRange 12 0g 610 g 1 mg / 10 mg 1 mg 10 mg 1.6 g 11130046 with draftwith shield X1203S 1210 g 1 mg 0.8 mg 2 mg 0.8 g 11130062 X2003S DeltaRange 50 0 g 2100 g 1 mg / 10 mg 1 mg 6 mg 1.2 g 11130091 X5003S DeltaRange 100 0 g 5100 g 1 mg / 10 mg 1 mg 6 mg 1.2 g 11130097 X1202S 1210 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8 g 11130073 X2002S 2100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8 g 11130043 X4002S 4100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8 g 11130109 X6002S 6100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8 g 11130112 X6002S DeltaRange 120 0 g 6100 g 10 mg / 0.1 g 8 mg 60 mg 10 g 11130115 X8002S 8100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8 g 11130209 X10002S 10100 g 10 mg 8 mg 20 mg 8 g 11130212 X10002S DeltaRange 200 0 g 10100 g 10 mg / 0.1 g 8 mg 50 mg 10 g 11130215 X4001S 4100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g 11130146 X6001S 6100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g 11130149 X8001S 8100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 0.1 g 80 g 11130226 X10001S 10100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 0.1 g 80 g 11130229

L-Platform X16001L 16100 g 0.1 g 0.08 g 0.2 g 80 g 11130603 X32001L 32100 g 0.1 g 0.08 g 0.3 g 80 g 11130606 X64001L 64100 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.5 g 80 g 11130612 X32000L 32100 g 1 g 0.6 g 0.6 g 800 g 11130618

S-/L-Plaform Ex2 X204SX 210 g 0.1 mg 0.2 mg 0.2 mg 240 mg 11121623 X603SX 610 g 1 mg 0.9 mg 2 mg 1 g 11121629 X1003SX 1010 g 1 mg 0.8 mg 2 mg 0.8 g 11121635 X5003SX DeltaRange 8 0g 5100 g 1 mg/10 mg 1 mg 6 mg 80 mg 11121641 X4002SX 4100 g 0.01 g 8 mg 20 mg 8 g 11121647 X6002SX 6100 g 0.01 g 8 mg 20 mg 8 g 11121653 X4001SX 4100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 60 mg 80 g 11121659 X32001LX 32100 g 0.1 g 80 mg 300 mg 80 g 11121707 X64001LX 64100 g 0.1 g 100 mg 500 mg 80 g 11121713 1) Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value All models available in verified versions. 57 MS-L Precision Balances

Relentless Performers For Heavy Duty

Harsh working environments demand hard working balances. MS-L high capacity balances offer a w inning combination of strong performance and extreme robustness, thanks to the chemical-resistant aluminum housing and Ingress Protection IP65 or IP54-in-use (depending on the model).

Durable and Robust MonoBloc and FACT IP65 Protection The metal housing protects the The proven high-performance The balance fulfils the Ingress weighing sensor from environ- weighing cell MonoBloc guaran- Protection IP65 meaning: it is mental influences and impacts. tees long service life and extreme dust tight for complete protection For guaranteed consistency and ruggedness. FACT automatically against any solid matter; and can precision year after year – even adjusts the balance using inter- withstand jets of water projected with intensive use in harsh envi- nal weights at specific times or by a nozzle from any direction ronments. whenever changes in tempera- (MS-KLIPE only). ture affect the accuracy of the weighing results (except MS-KLE and MS-KLIPE).

Built-in Rechargeable Battery The built-in battery offers independence from power supply – ideal for the taking of an inventory in a warehouse, or wherever power supply is hard to find The large weighing platform, battery (MS-KLE and MS-KLIPE only). operation and the application Piece Counting make the MS balances perfect for the taking of an inventory. 58 MS-L Precision Balances

MS-L Balances

Metal Housing Chemical resistant die-cast aluminum housing MS32001L

MonoBloc Proven weighing technology for fast and accurate results (only MS-L) Additional Features: FACT Fully automatic time- and temperature-controlled • Applications: internal adjustment (only MS-L) Piece Counting, Percent Weighing, Check Weighing, Dynamic Weighing, Formulation, RS232 to connect to PC, printer or bar code Connectivity Statistics, Totaling, Free Factor, Recall, Density reader, USB to connect to PC (MS-KLIPE only RS232) • 3 programmable SmartKeys in the keypad Large Weighing Pan offer direct access to preferred applications For comfortable weighing of bulky items • The built-in date and time function enables GLP/GMP compliant print outs of weighing Overload Protection Protects the weighing cell against results, ensuring full control and traceability of excess weight overload research • Quick and error-free data transfer: SmartTrac Shows how much of the entire weighing RS232 port for direct connection to PC, printer range has been used or bar code reader, USB port for connection to PC via standard USB cable (MS-KLIPE only Smart Key Programmable keys for shortcut access to preferred applications RS232) • Easy communication in your language OIML (English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Approved versions of all models available Polish, Czech, and Hungarian, etc.) www.mt.com/ms-precision

Models with MonoBloc weighing cell USP Minimum Weighing pan Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity Weight 1) (mm) Part No. MS12001L 12200 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.2 g 140 g 351 x 245 11124573 MS16001L 16200 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.2 g 140 g 351 x 245 11124576 MS16001LE 16200 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.2 g 140 g 351 x 245 11124671 MS32001L 32200 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.3 g 140 g 351 x 245 11124588 MS32001LE 32200 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.3 g 140 g 351 x 245 11124683 MS32000L 32200 g 1 g 1 g 1 g 1 kg 351 x 245 11124701 MS32000LE 32200 g 1 g 1 g 1 g 1 kg 351 x 245 11124704

Models with strain gauge weighing cell Weighing pan Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity (mm) Part No. MS15KLE 15 kg 2 g 1 g 2 g 351 x 245 11124713 MS15KLIPE 15 kg 2 g 1 g 2 g 351 x 245 11124734 MS24KLIPE 24 kg 2 g 2 g 2 g 351 x 245 11124740 MS30KLE 30 kg 2 g 2 g 2 g 351 x 245 11124722 1) Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value Models with E: Adjustment with an external weight Readability in approved version for MS-KLE and MS-KLIPE may vary. For more information, please consult www.mt.com. 59 MS Precision Balances

Strong Performers For Robust Reliability

Whether you are carrying out a simple routine task or a complicated weighing procedure, MS precision balances offer a winning combination of strong performance and increased productivity. With the added advantage of proven MonoBloc weighing technology and FACT – fully automatic time- and temperature-controlled internal adjustment – you can be assured of fast settling times and consistently reliable results.

Robust Aluminum Housing Intuitive Operation Easy Installation The robust housing is made of The HCD (High Contrast Dis- The adjustable feet and clearly high quality aluminum to protect play) with big numbers, clear visible level indicator are located the sensitive weighing sensor symbols and an intuitive menu at the front of the balance for from environmental influences enables users to operate the easy leveling. and impacts. Consistency and balance quickly and easily. And precision is guaranteed, year with threefreely programmable after year – even with intensive SmartKeys, routine tasks can be use. started at the touch of a button.

Up-to-date Data Transfer Once Level, Always Level MonoBloc Weighing Cell Quick and error-free data transfer: In addition to the adjustable MonoBloc, the proven high- RS232 port for direct connection feet at the front, the balance is performance weighing cell devel- to PC, printer or bar code reader, equipped with LevelLock feet at oped by world leader in weighing USB port for connection to PC via the back, providing increased technologies, METTLER TOLEDO, standard USB cable. safety and anti-tilt capabilities. guarantees a long service life and extreme ruggedness.

60 MS Precision Balances

MS4002S 0.01 g without draft shield

MS-S Balances

Metal Housing Chemical resistant die-cast MS303S aluminum housing 1 mg with draft shield

MonoBloc Proven weighing technology for fast and accurate results

QuickLock Quick and comfortable dismantling of the draft shield

Overload Protection Protects the weighing cell against excess weight overload

FACT Fully automatic time- and temperature- controlled internal adjustment Additional Features: SmartTrac Shows how much of the entire • Applications: weighing range has been used Piece Counting, Percent Weighing, Check Weighing, Dynamic Weighing, Statistics, Protection of main balance configurations against manipulation Formulation, Totaling, Free Factor, Density, Recall Connectivity RS232 to connect to PC, printer • 3 programmable SmartKeys in the keypad or bar code reader; USB to connect to PC offer direct access to preferred applications • The built-in date and time function enables Diagnostics Easy running of balance diagnos- GLP/GMP compliant print outs of weighing tics test e.g. keypad test, repeatability test results, ensuring full control and traceability of research Programmable keys for shortcut Smart Key • Quick and error-free data transfer: access to preferred applications RS232 port for direct connection to PC, IP Protection printer or bar code reader, USB port for IP54 in use connection to PC via standard USB cable • Easy communication in your language Protective Cover Encloses the entire housing, (English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, protecting the balances from stains and scratches Polish, Czech, and Hungarian, etc.) www.mt.com/ms-precision

Model table for MS precision balances 1 mg USP Min. Dimensions Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity Weight 1) (WxDxH) Part No. MS303S 320 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g 1.4 g 204x347x283 11124489

MS403S 420 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g 1.4 g 204x347x283 11124492 MS603S 620 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g 1.4 g 204x347x283 11124498 MS1003S 1020 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g 1.4 g 204x347x283 11124504

Model table for MS precision balances 0.01 g USP Min. Dimensions Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 2) Linearity Weight 1) (WxDxH) Part No. MS1602S 1620 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 14 g 194x347x99 11124516

MS3002S 3200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 14 g 194x347x99 11124522 MS4002S 4200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 14 g 194x347x99 11124528 MS6002S 6200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 14 g 194x347x99 11124537 1) Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load 2) Guaranteed value 61 ML and ME Precision Balances

ML and ME Precision Balances The Efficient All-rounders

Our ML and ME precision balances provide you with everything a basic balance needs: easy-read display, intuitive user interface, built-in applications and are very easy to clean. ML balances offer you a compact design and full portability to give you reliable and accurate results in the lab or out in the field. The straightforward ME balances are designed for easy and efficient operation.

ML ME Reliable, Durable, Portable Easy, Efficient, Functional

ML4002ML4002 ME4002

The robust, high performance MonoBloc weighing All the basic functionality you need in an easy to cell gives you accurate results and ensures a long use balance to make your daily work fast and effi- balance lifetime. Battery operation enables you to cient. The solid construction means you can rely on take your ML balance anywhere – ideal for work in accurate results for many years to come. the field.

www.mt.com/ml-precision www.mt.com/me-precision

62 ML and ME Precision Balances

ML Precision Balances Special Features

+ Battery Operation Full independence + from power supply for 8 hours

MonoBloc Proven weighing technology for fast and accurate results

FACT Fully automatic time- and temperature- controlled internal adjustment.* * Available from April 2014 Easy-to-use application programs Battery compartment takes 4AA batteries

ML and ME Precision Balances Overload Protection Protects the weighing cell General Features against excess weight overload

Internal Adjustment On demand, at a key press Connectivity RS232 interface for connection with an internal weight to PC or printer. No additional software needed

External Adjustment On demand, at a key press Protection of main balance configurations with an external weight against manipulation

Metal Construction Solid metal base and Protective Cover Encloses the entire housing reinforced housing ensures robust performance protecting the balances from stains and scratches

Weighing ML Models Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 1) Linearity pan (mm) Part No. ML203 220 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g ∅ 120 11124809 ML203E 220 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g ∅ 120 11124815 ML303 320 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g ∅ 120 11124818 ML303E 320 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g ∅ 120 11124824 ML503 520 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g ∅ 120 11124836 ML802 820 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 170 x190 11124860 ML802E* 820 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g ∅ 160 11124863 ML1502E* 1520 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g ∅ 160 11124875 ML1602 1620 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 170 x190 11124872 ML3002 3200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 170 x190 11124884 ML3002E 3200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 170 x190 11124887 ML4002 4200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 170 x190 11124890 ML4002E 4200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 170 x190 11124893 ML6002 6200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 170 x190 11124896 ML2001 2200 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.2 g 170 x190 11124902 ML4001 4200 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.2 g 170 x190 11124914 ML6001 6200 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.2 g 170 x190 11124926 ML6001E* 6200 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.2 g ∅ 160 11124929

Weighing Pan ME Models Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 1) Linearity (mm) Part No. ME103 120 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g Ø 120 30029087 ME103E 120 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g Ø 120 30029098 ME203 220 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g Ø 120 30029086 ME203E 220 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g Ø 120 30029097 ME303 320 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g Ø 120 30029085 ME303E 320 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g Ø 120 30029096 ME403 420 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g Ø 120 30029084 ME403E 420 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.002 g Ø 120 30029095 ME1002 1200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 180x180 30029109 ME1002E 1200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 180x180 30029122 ME2002 2200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 180x180 30029108 ME2002E 2200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 180x180 30029121 ME3002 3200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 180x180 30029107 ME3002E 3200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 180x180 30029120 ME4002 4200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 180x180 30029106 ME4002E 4200 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 180x180 30029119 * With Strain Gauge weighing cell 1) Guaranteed value Models with E: Adjustment with an external weight 63 Classic Light PL-S/PL-L

Entry Level Weighing Reduced to Essentials

Classic Light PL-S and PL-L balances offer everything you need to obtain accurate results – without unnecessary features and extras.

Classic Light PL-S Two optional interfaces (RS232 and PS2) for connecting a printer and a second display; as well as 5 built-in applications make the PL-S your perfect choice if you need a bit more then just weighing, but you are on a tight budget.

Battery Operation Recall Weight and Free Factor Low Price The built-in battery slot for AA Recall the most recent stable Reliable results and METTLER batteries offers independence value at the press of a key, or TOLEDO quality for smallest from power supply – for 20 multiply your results with Free budgets. hours. Factor (PL-S models only).

64 Classic Light PL-S/PL-L

Classic Light PL-L The PL-L balance is the best entry balance: Handy and compact in design.

Classic Light Balances PL-S / PL-L

Adjustment at a keystroke with an external weight

+ Battery Operation + Full independence from power supply for 20 hours

Display increment Faster weighing with reduced readability

Below Weighing Hook for weighing below the balance Transport Case RS-P25, RS-P26, Anti-theft device

Units Weighing results in different units: Handy for field ex- RS-P28 Printer Steel cord with uni- kg, g, mg, lb, oz, ozt, GN, dwt, mo, m, tl periments: fits the The fastest way to versal lock for secur- (according to country regulations) balance, AC adapter, generate and archive ing the balance Applications Piece Counting, Percent Weighing, batteries and weights weighing data results Dynamic Weighing*, Check Weighing*, Free Factor*, Recall (*PL-S models only) www.mt.com/pl

Weighing pan Model Maximum capacity Readability Repeatability 1) Linearity (mm) Part No. PL83-S* 81 g 0.001g 0.0008 g 0.002 g ∅ 100 12110070 PL202-S** 210 g 0.01 g 0.008 g 0.02 g ∅ 120 12110000 PL602-S* 610 g 0.01 g 0.008 g 0.02 g ∅ 160 12110040 PL802-S* 810 g 0.01 g 0.008 g 0.02 g ∅ 160 12110101 PL1502-S* 1510 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.03 g ∅ 160 12120050 PL601-S* 610 g 0.1 g 0.08 g 0.2 g ∅ 160 12110010 PL1501-S** 1510 g 0.1 g 0.08 g 0.2 g ∅ 160 12110020 PL3001-S** 3100 g 0.1 g 0.08 g 0.2 g ∅ 160 12110090 PL6001-S* 6100 g 0.1 g 0.08 g 0.2 g ∅ 160 12110060 PL8001-S* 8100 g 0.1 g 0.08 g 0.2 g ∅ 160 12110111 PL6000-S* 6100 g 1 g 0.08 g 2 g ∅ 160 12110030

PL202-L 210 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.02 g ∅ 120 12106440 PL402-L 410 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.03 g ∅ 120 12106445 PL602-L* 610 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.03 g ∅ 120 12106450 PL601-L* 610 g 0.1 g 0.01 g 0.2 g ∅ 160 12106455 PL1001-L 1100 g 0.1 g 0.01 g 0.2 g ∅ 160 12106460 PL2001-L 2100 g 0.1 g 0.01 g 0.2 g ∅ 160 12106465 PL4001-L 4100 g 0.1 g 0.01 g 0.2 g ∅ 160 12106470 PL6001-L* 6100 g 0.1 g 0.01 g 0.2 g ∅ 160 12106475 PL6000-L* 6100 g 1 g 1 g 2g ∅ 160 12106480 1) Guaranteed value * Available in approved version ** Available in approved version with 2d readability 65 One Click™ Weighing Solutions

One Click™ Weighing Solutions Efficient & Secure Workflows

Connect your XPE/XP or XSE/XS balance to LabX software and benefit from full user guidance on the balance, your results printed in a personalized report, and all your calculations and documentation performed automatically.

Operators simply perform the weighing task and LabX takes care of all the rest. Our LabX Services offer a comprehensive range of support, including installation of LabX and development of your application.

Bring the Power of LabX to your Weighing Applications:

Design Tools Work at the Balance Calculations and Documentation Built-in design tools allow Users start each application with LabX automatically performs the complete development or a One Click™ shortcut and carry all calculations and saves all customization of individual out their tasks at the balance as results. Manual transcription of application methods and usual. LabX provides full SOP results is no longer required. reports. guidance directly on the balance touchscreen.

Instrument Management Regulations and Compliance Integration All tests and adjustments are Built-in security features, e.g. user LabX can be fully integrated with fully managed by LabX so you management options and the your existing information systems can be sure your balance is Audit Trail function, assist you to to allow error-free data transfer ready for each weighing task. comply with the relevant regula- with LIMS, HPLC, Excel® etc. tions (including 21 CFR Part 11).

66 One Click™ Weighing Solutions

Example Applications

Whether you customize an application from our library or create a new one from scratch, the examples below show the type of benefits you can bring to any of your weighing applications. Our LabX specialists can develop your methods for you as part of our Service offering.

One Click™ One Click™ One Click™ Standard Preparation Loss on Drying Sieve Analysis

• One-step dosing • Simplified sample handling • Auto sieve weighing • Fully labeled samples • Intelligent task management • No manual transcription • Automatic calculations • Color Pass/Fail identification • Graphical reports

Typical Product Bundle Typical Product Bundle Typical Product Bundle XPE205 Analytical Balance XPE204 Analytical Balance XP6002LDR Precision Balance LabX Software (Express Edition) LabX Software (Express Edition) LabX Software (Express Edition) ErgoClip Flask ErgoClip Round Bottom Flask Ethernet Option Label Printer Label Printer ErgoClip Sieve Ethernet Option Barcode Reader Ethernet Option

LabX software

LabX Express: for standalone systems with up to 1115 3120 3 balances LabX Server: each Server Edition connects up to 1115 3121 30 balances in a Client/Server network

Please see LabX on pages 16–19 for further details and licensing options.

LabX Services

The carefully designed LabX Services range allows you to choose just the individual services Please order the brochure you need to support you and your LabX system. for a full overview of LabX Services • App Development • Validation • Installation • Integration • Training • Support & Maintenance

Our Annual Checkup is highly recommended to keep your system up-to-date and functioning correctly. For more details please see the LabX Services for Excellence Balances brochure.

www.mt.com/one-click-weighing

67 Service Agreements, Calibration Certificates

Maximize Uptime and Performance

METTLER TOLEDO provides a comprehensive portfolio of services to protect the value of your weighing equipment. Preventive maintenance limits costs associated with equipment downtime to a minimum, and helps ensure your balance is always ready for weighing. Accurate and reliable weighing results can only be achieved by calibrating your balance. All results are clearly represented in a calibration certificate.

Smooth Routine Operation Measurement Uncertainty Minimum Weight to Stay Guaranteed for Trustworthy Results on the Safe Side of Weighing Scheduled preventive mainte- As the quantitative indication of With decreasing sample size, nance and calibration performed the quality of the result, measure- measurement uncertainty of a by factory trained and autho- ment uncertainty as expressed balance increases. To ensure rized service technicians ensure in a calibration certificate is of reliable weighing accuracy, it smooth routine operation. You highest importance. Documented is essential to know the small- get maximized productivity, uncertainty of calibration results est weight which can be safely and achieve reliable weighing gives confidence in the validity of weighed. Its nominal value is accuracy. weighing processes. specified in a Minimum Weight Certificate.

68 Your Benefits

Uptime Full budget control through periodically scheduled maintenance Increased life expectancy of assets Avoid costly disruptions of processes Performance Improved process output and less waste Increased operator safety Traceable test weights used by technicians lead to traceable weighing results Measurement uncertainty guarantees that process tolerances are met Minimum weight determination ensures consistently accurate weighing results

Preventive Maintenance and Calibration

Proactively planned preventive maintenance is often one of the largest controllable operating costs – money well invested to eliminate premature equipment replacement. Preventive maintenance, including calibration, leads to accurate, reliable and consistent results. A most cost-effective way to avoid waste, rework, or even product recalls.

www.mt.com/service

69 Regulatory Compliance

Profound Know-how To Ensure Regulatory Compliance

Pharmaceutical, biotechnology, chemical, and food & beverage companies must meet an increasing number of equipment qualification requirements. METTLER TOLEDO has designed IPacs and EQ-Pacs to satisfy the qualification demands of regulatory authorities such as the FDA for all weighing instruments in use in R&D and quality control.

Your Benefits

Compliance Eliminated or reduced risk of non-compliance during regulatory audits Improved operation efficiency through quick installation and start up Specified quality of products and reduced liability during routine operation Reduced operator error through improved adherence to SOPs Expertise Professional risk management, no warning letters or fines ensures credibility and competitive advantage

IQ – Installation Qualification OQ – Operational Qualification PQ – Performance Qualification A professionally documented Get accurate results from the first User SOPs are set up to make installation by an authorized weighing by ensuring that equip- sure that your instrument con- service technician makes your ment will function according to its sistently performs according to weighing equipment available operational specifications in the specifications appropriate for its immediately. selected environment. routine operation.

70 Regulatory Compliance

Rely on our effective solutions for Regulatory Compliance Regulatory compliance has become a prevalent business concern since corporations are facing ever-tighter regulation of processes and management of weighing equipment. Through its Qualification Pacs, METTLER TOLEDO offers practical and effective ways to integrate governance policies, allowing you to manage compliance on a local or global scale. Our compliance experts have the technology, infrastructure and regulatory knowledge to guide you throughout the equipment life cycle, from initial risk assessment to installation, calibration, setting performance criteria and defining requalification activities.

EQ-Pac* Starter-Pac Quality-Pac Pharma-Pac Moisture-Pac for Balances for Balances for Balances

DQ (Design Qualification) Support of design and vendor qualification •

IQ (Installation Qualification) Perform and document equipment installation • • • • • Conforms with FDA standards • •

OQ (Operational Qualification) Initial calibration according to manufacturer specifications • • • • • Equipment familiarization of users • • • • • Calibration documented in certificate • • • •

PQ (Performance Qualification) Support user in setting up SOP • • • • Log authorized users • • • • Consultation regarding re-qualification • Consultation regarding periodic maintenance • Consultation regarding purchase of weights • • Included * EQ-Pac = Equipment Qualification Pac

IPacs and EQ-Pacs for Laboratory Products

Qualification Packages Product Types Order No. German English French Spanish Italian Starter-Pac All LabTec balances 11795472 11795485 11795520 11795532 11795544 Quality-Pac All LabTec balances 11795477 11795490 11795523 11795535 11795547 Pharma-Pac All LabTec balances 11795481 11795494 11795526 11795538 11795550 EQ-Pac All LabTec balances 11793003 11793004 11793005 11793006 11793007 Quantos Powder Dispensing 11793309 11793310 11793311 – – System Moisture-Pac All moisture analyzers 11795514 11795517 11795529 11795541 11795553 MCP-Pac Multichannel Pipette Calibration – 11793020 – – – Systems

71 Applications and Accessories Make your life easier

72 Applications and

Page Density Determination 74 AntiStatic Kits 75 Filter Weighing Solutions 76 – 77 Accessories Pipette Calibration Systems 78 – 79 Weighing Tables 80 Printers 81 Balance Accessories 82 – 88 General Accessories 89 Weights 90 – 96 CarePacs® 97

73 Density Determination

Density Determination Truly Efficient

Optional Density Kits allow precise density determination of solid, liquid, porous and pasty substances.

XP404S

MS105

Automatic Calculations

The built-in density determination application guides you step-by-step through the procedure. It collects the density values, calculates the results and allows statistical evaluation of the measurement series. www.mt.com/density-determination

Accessories for density determination with balances

Balance Description Part No. XP/XS Precision Density Kit for 1 mg and 0.1 mg Precision Balance models 11132680 XPE/XSE Analytical Density Kit for XPE/XSE Analytical Balances 11106706 MS Density Kit MS universal 30004077 MS-S Density Kit MS-S universal 11142143 ML Density Kit ML universal 11142144 ME Density Kit ME-DNY-4 (0.1 mg models) 30029886 Sinker For density determination of liquids in conjunction with Density Kit 00210260 1110 670 6, 111326 8 0, 30 0 0 4077, 11142143 o r 1114214 4 Calibrated (sinker + certificate) 00210672 Recalibrated (new certificate) 00210674 Calibrated thermometer Calibrated thermometer with certificate 11132685 74 AntiStatic Kits

AntiStatic Kits Discharge Your Samples in Seconds

Static-free Weighing The perfect companion to StaticDetect™, an AntiStatic Kit ensures a complete weighing solution with detection and elimination of electrostatic charges in one simple solution. Electrostatic charges can no longer influence your weighing result. XPE205 with integrated AntiStatic Kit AntiStatic Kits Compact AntiStatic Kit Universal AntiStatic Kit

Description Part No. Built-in Compact Antistatic Kit for XP, XPE and XSE analytical balances* 30090337 Universal AntiStatic Kit including U-Electrode large and Universal Power Supply 11107767

Single AntiStatic Components**

Point Electrode U-Electrode large U-Electrode small

Description Part No. Built-in Compact Antistatic Kit for XP, XPE and XSE analytical balances* 30090337 Optional U-Electrode large 11107764 Optional U-Electrode small 11140161 Power Supply with auto on/off activation (XP only) (not compatible with 30090337) 11107763 Universal Power Supply (not compatible with 30090337) 11107766 www.mt.com/lab-antistatic * Uses balance power supply. For 2 kits, order one additional balance power supply (11107909, plus country-specific cable) ** For individual setup of antistatic solution 75 Filter Weighing Solutions

State-of-the-Art Solutions Filter Weighing

METTLER TOLEDO has developed a comprehensive range of accessories for demanding applications. From AntiStatic and Filter Weighing Kits to intelligent Filter Robots – the XPE line offers innovative solutions guaranteeing accuracy down to 0.1 μg and compliance with all US and EU norms.

Easy to Assemble

Environmental Monitoring The Filter Kit fits onto all METTLER TOLEDO XPE analytical balances and is ideal for efficient routine work with filters up to 110 mm in diameter.

Balance Typical Model Filter sizes system Resolution repeatability Part No. Within seconds you can upgrade Filter Kit for your XPE analytical balance XPE Analytical Balances < ∅ 110 mm XPE205 (DR) 0.01 mg 0.03 mg 11140000 ErgoClip Filter Holder < ∅ 110–150 mm XPE205 (DR) 0.01 mg 0.03 mg 11140185 into the perfect filter weighing solution.

High Precision Filter Weighing

Emissions Determination With its cutting-edge performance, the XP Ultra Microbalance equipped with a Filter Kit determines particulate matter on filters weighing as little as 0.1µg.

The weighing pan’s innovative design enables easy placement of the filter in the ideal position. Balance Typical Choose between two sizes of Model Filter ∅ system Resolution repeatability Part No. pans: ∅ 47 mm and ∅ 70 mm. Filter Kit for XP Microbalances 30–70 mm XP2U/XP6 0.1 µg/1 µg 0.2 µg/0.6 µg 11122136

76 Filter Weighing Solutions

Robotic Filter Weighing F-Line Filter Robots guarantee cutting-edge weighing performance of 47 and 70 mm filters with readability down to 0.1 μg. The Filter Robots make emission and immission laboratories reach norms with minimal effort and maximum accuracy and throughput.

F-A747 and F-A770

Outstanding Accuracy Smart Filter Handling High Throughput The specially designed detached The innovative filter holder The automated process speeds weighing frame eliminates robot allows acclimatization, stor- up the weighing time to 90 vibrations on the balance. This age, transport and weighing all filters in just 90 minutes while allows outstanding measure- in one, without interruption or keeping the acclimatization time ment performance with a resolu- removal of the filter. constant. tion of up to 61 million points.

Safe Data Management The FilterControl software facilitates filter coding with its bar- Please order the Filter Weighing brochures. code scanner and enables data integration with your existing www.mt.com/filter software system.

Model Positions Filter ∅ Balance system Resolution Typical repeatability Part No. F-A747 90 47 mm XP2U 0.1 μg 0.15 μg 11116990 F-A770 80 47, 70 mm XP2U 0.1 μg 0.15 μg 30014370

77 Liquid Handling Calibration Devices

Pipette Calibration Systems Reliable and Fast

METTLER TOLEDO is the partner of choice for successful pipette calibration laboratories by focusing on productivity with a comprehensive range of efficient, compact and ergonomic solutions for single and multichannel pipette calibration.

Model Minimal Number Readability Evaporation Part No. Nominal Volume of Channels Trap XP26PC ≥ 1 µl 1 0.001 mg Built-in 11106021 MCP1-S > 10 µl 1 to 12 0.01 mg Built-in 11138007 MCP2 > 10 µl 1 to 12 0.01 mg Built-in 2x 11138001 MCP5 > 10 µl 1 to 12 0.01 mg Built-in 5x 11138001

XP26PC MCP1-S

High-Speed Micropipette Productivity at its Best Calibration MCP1-S is the ideal solution for The built-in evaporation trap simple and cost effective pipette reduces environmental errors to calibration. It checks all channels a minimum. Simply passing the of a multichannel pipette in a single pipette through a light beam triggers step, saving time, costs and reduc- hands-free lid opening, making ing errors. pipette calibration 3 times faster than with conventional balances.

78 Liquid Handling Calibration Devices

Calibry Pipette Calibration Software Intuitive and powerful – for efficient data management Calibry software guarantees full compliance with ISO 8655 and trace ability according to FDA 21 CFR Part 11. It guides the user step by step through the calibration process and is capable of reading and writing information to RFID enabled Rainin pipettes.

Calibry Versions Part No. Calibry Light 11138423 Calibry Single Workstation 11138419 Calibry Network 11138420

Boost performance – choose the right accessories. Name Part No. Exhaust pump Four channel pump 11138252 Evaporation traps Single channel kit (6/20 ml) 11138006 Single channel kit (100 ml) 11138008 Weighing table XP26PC 11138041 MCP2 11138040 MCP5 11138043 Transportation case XP26PC 11106997

Invest over Time Suitable Accessories ISO 8655 Compliant System modularity allows us- Transport cases are perfect for Each component meets the ers to address today’s workload on-site calibration. Vibration free ISO 8655 regulation, ensuring with the right instruments while weighing tables ensure a stable highest data accuracy and offering the possibility to extend and fast weighing process in compliance. system capacity as their calibra- your lab. tion business grows.

www.mt.com/pipcal

79 Accessories Weighing Tables

Professional Weighing Tables Ergonomic and Efficient

A range of METTLER TOLEDO Weighing Tables are available to provide an ergonomic working area for every type of balance and pipette calibration equipment. Adjustable height and supporting elbow cushions relieve the stress caused by repetitive movements, improving operating convenience and work efficiency. The balance sits on a separate inner table to give faster stabilization times and more reliable results.

A weighing table for every task

Working Ergonomically Low-vibration Table The height of the outer table can Each Weighing Table consists of be adjusted to suit the user allow- two decoupled tables. The outer ing the neck and back muscles to working table absorbs impacts, relax. The elbow cushions protect while the balance on the inner the user’s arms during repetitive table remains undisturbed. These activities. versatile weighing tables are adaptable to every type of balance.

Technical data

Type Article No Width Depth Height (mm) (mm) (mm) Weighing Table XP26PC 11138041 760 803 784 Weighing Table Analytical/Micro 11138042 760 803 784 Weighing Table Micro/Ultra Micro 11138044 760 803 784 Weighing Table MCP2 11138040 760 803 784 Weighing Table MCP5 11138043 1380 1380 760

80 Accessories Printers

Laboratory Printers For Quality Documentation

Thermal Printers Compact Printers P-50 Line P-20 Line

The P50 printers are universal printers suitable for document- The P-20 line are dot-matrix printers suitable for use with all ing results and for printing labels and are fully compatible with instruments with an RS232 port: selected titrators, Karl Fischer balances, titrators, moisture analyzers, pH meters and more… titrators, density- and refractometers, and thermal analysis instruments. These inkless thermal direct printers generate extremely fast and high quality printouts without any noise or vibration. You can Avoid transcription errors and create printouts that meet GxP fully document all your weighing and testing data (e.g. barcodes, quality standards. Whether on normal or self-adhesive paper, expiry date, ID etc.) on standard strip paper, easy-peel self-adhe- the archived printouts provide full traceability of your weighing sive labels or continuous self-adhesive paper. and testing data.

The P-56 is suitable for simple printouts and for all instruments The RS-P25 / USB-P25 are ideal for simple printouts. The with embedded applications. The P-58 offers several integrated RS-P26 has integrated time and date functions, and the RS-P28 applications such as time and date, statistics, totaling, formula- offers extended statistics and totalization. tion and labeling. RS-P25 USB-P25 RS-P26 RS-P28 General Information Printing technology Thermal direct Print speed 101 mm/s Print application •••• Paper roll slot Standard paper 58mm (W), max ∅ 60mm Auto settings detection •••• Interface RS232, USB, Ethernet, optional BT Print in Chinese, •••• Japanese Size in mm 130x88x220 Built-in real-time clock •• Compatibility Please check the manual or online at www.mt.com/lab-printers Zero/Tare key •• Statistic application • Totalization application • Size in mm 120 x 203 x 73 P-56RUE P-58RUE Speed 2,3 line/seconds Print application x x Compatibility Check in the manual or on Auto setting detection x x www.mt.com/lab-printers Built-in real-time clock x x Part No. 1112430 0 11124301 1112430 3 1112430 4 Alphanumeric sample ID entry x Barcode generation x Accessories for P-20 printers Part No. Applications: Statistics, Totaling x Paper roll, set of 5 00072456 Formulation x Paper roll, self-adhesive 11600388 Labeling with IDs and barcodes x Ribbon cartridge black, set of 2 00065975 Connector for optional PowerPac x x Extension cable LC 00229161 Part No. 30094673 30094674 Accessories for all printers Part No. RS9-RS9 cable (standard with LC-P45, RS-P42) 11101051 Accessories for P-50 printers Part No. Thermal paper roll, up to 25 years durability. 10pcs 30094723 RS9 F/F cable 51190362 Peel-off self-adhesive labels, up to 10 years durability. USB cable 1m 12130716 Dimensions: 58mm, ∅ 50mm. 10 pcs 30094724 USB cable 1.8 m 51191926 Peel-off self-adhesive labels, up to 10 years durability. BTS option single point – Bluetooth interface, needed with BT-P42 11132535 Label dimensions: 54mm x 18mm. 6pcs 30094725 BT option multi point – Bluetooth interface, needed with BT-P42 11132530 Bluetooth adapter, pair 30086495 Anti-theft steel cord with lock 11600361

DirectLabel PC software for customizing labels → Download from For more information about these and other cables turn to www.mt.com/lab-printers «General Accessories». 81 Accessories XPE, XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances

Accessories -

XPE, XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances

Printers P-58RUE thermal label printer with RS232, USB and Ethernet interfaces 30094674 x x x x x x x and functions: Print, Statistics, Formulation, Totaling, Label Printing P-56RUE thermal label printer with RS232, USB and Ethernet interfaces 30094673 x x x x x x x and functions: Print, Label Printing*** P-58RUE RS-P28 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: 11124304 x x x x x x x Print, Zero, Date/Time, Feed, Statistics & Totaling RS-P26 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: 11124303 x x x x x x x Print, Zero, Date/Time, Feed RS-P25 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: Print 11124300 x x x x x x x RS-P26 USB-P25 compact printer with USB interface and functions: Print 11124301 x x x x x x x

AntiStatic Solutions Compact Antistatic Kit, removes electrostatic charge from container & sample 30090337 – x x x – – – Universal AntiStatic Kit, incl. U-Electrode large and Universal Power Supply 11107767 x x x x x x x U-Electrode large (can be used with 11107763 or 11107766) 11107764 x x x x x x x U-Electrode small (can be used with 11107763 or 11107766) 11140161 x x x x x x x XP Power Supply, automated switch on/off, synchronized with balance 11107763 x** x x x – – – door opening Universal Power Supply 11107766 x x x x x x x

RFID Accessories EasyScan™ for Pipettes 30078900 – x x x – – – SmartSample for Titration 30078901 – – x x – – – Smart Tag RFID Labels, 50pcs 30101517 Smart Tag RFID Labels, 100pcs 30101518

ErgoClips ErgoClip Tube micro 30078848 – x – – – – – ErgoClip Flask micro 11107879 – x – – – – – ErgoClip Basket micro 11107889 – x – – – – – MinWeigh Door micro 11107869 – x – – – – – Stand for ErgoClips micro 11140175 – x – – – – – ErgoClips Solution Kit micro (ErgoClip Basket micro, ErgoClip Flask micro, 11140253 ErgoClip Tube without holder, MinWeigh Door micro, stand, various tare – x – – – – – containers, micro spatula, tweezers) ErgoClip Weighing Boat 11106748 – – x x x – – ErgoClip Titration Basket 11106883 – – x x x – – ErgoClip Basket small 11106747 – – x x x – – ErgoClip Round-Bottom Flask 11106746 – – x x x – – ErgoClip Flask 11106764 – – x x x – – ErgoClip Flask small 11140180 – – x x x – – ErgoClip Tube 11106784 – – x x x – – ErgoClip Syringe 30008288 – – x x x – – MinWeigh Door 11106749 – – x x x – – Stand for ErgoClips 11140170 – – x x x – – Set of ErgoClips for different weighing containers (ErgoClip Round-Bottom 11106707 Flask, ErgoClip Weighing Boat and ErgoClip Basket small; 20 weighing boats; – – x x x – – 10 single-use aluminum pans) ErgoClip Sieve 450 for Precision Balances L-Platform 30005760 – – – – – x (L) x (L) ErgoClip Sieve S-Platform 30039096 – – – – – x(S) X(S)

Filter Weighing Solutions Filter Kit for XP Micro- and Ultra Microbalances, filter ∅ max. 70 mm 11122136 x** – – – – – – Filter Kit for XP/XS Micro- and Ultra Microbalances, filter ∅ max. 110 mm 00211227 x – – – – – – Filter Kit for XPE Analytical Balances, filter ∅ max. 110 mm 11140000 – – x x – – – ErgoClip Filter Holder for Analytical Balances, filter ∅ max. 150 mm 11140185 – – x x x – – Filter Tweezers 11122131 x x x x x – – * = XS only, ** = XP only, *** = possible only from host device, e.g. PC 82 Accessories XPE, XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances -

Quantos Upgrades for Analytical Balances Quantos Q2 Powder Dosing Kit 30005906 – – x – – – – QL2 Dosing Unit: Pump module with cables for connection to a QB5 30008317 – – x – – – – QLL1000: 1000 ml pressure tight bottle (DIN GL45 thread) with liquid 30008318 – – x – – – – dosing head QLX45 30008618 – – x – – – – QSE2 Safety Enclosure (110V) 30015313 QSE2 Safety Enclosure (230V) 30015312 EQPac QSE2 Safety Enclosure 11141253 The following additional items are needed for operation: – NetCom-Kit (Ethernet to 4x RS232 Serial) 11141832 – Ethernet Option 11132515 – EQPac Quantos 11141040 – – x – – – –

Pipette Calibration Evaporation Trap for XPE56 / XPE26 Microbalances (10 ml) 11140041 – x – – – – – Evaporation Trap for Analytical Balances (6/20 ml) 11140043 – – x x x – – Large Evaporation Trap for Analytical Balances (100 ml) 11138440 – – x x x – – Evaporation Trap for WXT Balances (6/20 ml) 11138010 Large Evaporation Trap for WXT Balances (100 ml) 11138009 Reagent Reservoirs RV-L25, set of 5x5 reservoirs 11600616 Exhaust Pump, 1 channel 11138268 Calibrated Thermometer (with certificate) 11132685 Barometer 11600086 Transport Case for XP26PC 11106997 Calibration Kit XP26PC 11140044 Evaporation Trap (100 ml) for MCP105-E 30064832 Evaporation Trap (6/20 ml) for MCP105-E 30066234 USB Hub 30091827 Transport Case for MCP105-E 30066238 Exhaust Pump, 4-channel 11138252 Glass tubes (set of 5) 11138253

Calibry PC-Software Calibry Light, full version 11138423 x x x x x x x Calibry Single Workstation, full version 11138419 x x x x x x x Calibry Network, full version 11138420 x x x x x x x Calibry Light, update 30007342 x x x x x x x Calibry Single Workstation, update 30007340 x x x x x x x Calibry Network, update 30007341 x x x x x x x Calibry Validation Handbook 11780959 x x x x x x x RFID Power User Licence: Write information via Calibry on the RFID tag 30007309 x x x x x x x

One Click™ Weighing Solutions LabX Balance Express Starter Pack 11153120 x x x x – x x* LabX Balance Server Starter Pack 11153121 x x x x – x x* LabX 1 Balance License 11153220 x x x x – x x* LabX 5 Balances Licenses 11153221 x x x x – x x* LabX Express to Server Sidegrade 11153117 x x x x – x x* LabX Option User Management 11153102 x x x x – x x* LabX Option Product Database 11153103 x x x x – x x* LabX Option Regulation 11153104 x x x x – x x* LabX Option Auto Import/Export 11153105 x x x x – x x* LabX Option Report Designer 11153106 x x x x – x x* LabX Option System Integration 11153107 x x x x – x x* * = XS only

83 Accessories XPE, XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances

Accessories -

XPE, XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances

Description Part No. XP/XS Ultra Micro- and Microbalances XPE26/XPE56 Microbalances XPE Analytical Balances XSE Analytical Balances XA Analytical Balances XP Precision Balances S/L-Platform XS/XA Precision Bal ances S/L-Platform One Click™ Weighing Solutions LabX Validation Manual 1 30003640 x x x x – x x* LabX Validation Manual 2 Starter Pack Balance 30003619 x x x x – x x* LabX Validation Manual 2 Chapter Balance 30003641 x x x x – x x*

Density Determination Density Kit for Analytical Balances 11106706 – – x x x –– Density Kit for Precision Balances, 0.1 mg and 1 mg models 11132680 – – – – – x (S) x (S) Calibrated Thermometer (with certificate) 11132685 Sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids 00210260 Sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids (with certificate) 00210672

Draft Shields Pro Draft Shield, for 0.1 mg and 1 mg models (standard for XP), H: 248 mm 11131651 – – – – – x (S) x (S) Pro Draft Shield glass free (food industry) for 0.1 mg and 1 mg models, 11131652 – – – – – x (S) x (S) H: 248 mm MagicCube Draft Shield, 1 mg models, H: 175 mm 11131650 – – – – – x (S) x (S) Simple Draft Shield, for 10 mg models and 0.1 mg models 11131653 – – – – – x (S) x (S) (weighing pan 11132660 needed), H: 175 mm W5 Draft Shield, for entire Microbalances, 11116043 x – – – – – – WxDxH (inside): 200x447x200 mm W12 Draft Shield, for entire Precision Balances, 11134430 – – – – – x (S) x (S) WxDxH (inside): 300x450x450 mm W64 Draft Shield, for entire balances, WxDxH (inside): 550x470 x580 mm 11134470 x x x x x x x

Auxiliary Displays (backlit LCD) BT-BLD Bluetooth display for table or wall mounting. Wireless connection. 11132555 x x x x x x x RS/LC-BLD display for table mounting. 00224200 x x x x x x x RS/LC-BLDS display on stand, for table or balance mounting. 11132630 x x x x x x x

Stands and Wall Mountings Terminal stand for placement of the terminal 30 cm above weighing pan, 11132636 – – – – – x (S) x (S) balances with S-Platform Terminal stand for placement of the terminal 30 cm above weighing pan, 11132653 – – – – – x (L) x (L) balances with L-Platform Terminal and printer stand for Microbalances and Analytical Balances 11106730 – – – – x – – Terminal wall mounting, incl. terminal extension cable, 1.8 m 11132665 x – – – x x x

Terminal Cable Terminal extension cable, 4.5 m 11600517 x x x x x x x

Optical Sensor ErgoSens, optical infrared sensor for hands-free operation. 11132601 x x x x x x x Connection via Aux 1, Aux 2.

Foot Switches Foot Switch with selectable balance functions. Connection via Aux 1, Aux 2 11106741 x x x x x x x LC Foot Switch selectable balance functions. Connection via LocalCAN. 00229060 x x x x x x x* LC-Switchbox, for connection of up to 3 balances 00229220 x x x x x x x* with LocalCAN interface to a printer

Dust Cover Dust Cover Analytical Balances 30035828 – x x x x – – Dust Cover Precision Balances 30035839 – – – – – x (S) x (S) Dust Cover Micro Balances 30038799 x – – – – – – * = XS only

84 Accessories XPE, XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances -

Barcode Readers RS232 Barcode Reader – cordless 21901299 x x x x x x x The following items are needed for operation (not incl. in 21901299): – Cradle 21901300 – Power supply kit 12V EU 21901373 – Power supply kit 12V UK 21901374 – Power supply kit 12V US 21901375 – Power supply kit 12V AUS 21901373 +71209966 – Same RS232 F cable and Null modem adaptor as for RS232 barcode reader 21901305 RS232 Barcode Reader 21901297 x x x x x x x The following items are needed for operation (not incl. in 21901297): – RS232 F cable 21901305 – Null modem adaptor 21900924 plus 1 of the following: – Power supply kit 5V EU 21901370 – Power supply kit 5V UK 21901371 – Power supply kit 5V US 21901372 – Power supply kit 5V AUS 21901370 +71209966 PS/2 Barcode Reader 21901297 x x x x x x* x* For operation, the following is required (not included in 21901297): – PS/2 wedge single cable 21901307 PS/2Y Barcode Reader 21901297 x x x x x* x x* For operation, the following is required (not incl. in 21901297): – PS/2 wedge twin (Y) cable 21901308

Spatula Spatula Set Analytical 30064493 x x x x x x x Spatula Set Micro 30064490 x x x x x x x

Weighing Pans Single-use aluminum weighing pans (10 units) 11106711 – – x x x – – SmartGrid Cover 11106709 – – x x x – – SmartGrid Cover micro 11106262 – x – – – – – MPS (Magnetic Protection Shield) weighing pan for 10 mg models 11132626 – – – – – x (S) x (S) S-Platform, 170x205 mm MPS (Magnetic Protection Shield) weighing pan for 0.1 g and 1 g models 11132625 – – – – – x (S) x (S) S-Platform, 190x223 mm Weighing pan, incl. pan support and ring seal, for 10 mg, 0.1 g or 1 g 11132660 – – – – – x (S) x (S) models S-Platform, 170x205 mm (standard for 10 mg models) Weighing pan, incl. pan support, for 10 mg, 0.1 g or 1 g models 11132655 – – – – – x (S) x (S) S-Platform, 190x223 mm (standard for 0.1 g models) Grey drip tray for Analytical Balances 30038741 – – x x x – –

Optional Interfaces BT option: Bluetooth interface, multipoint connection of up to 6 BT devices 11132530 x x x x x x x BTS option: Bluetooth interface, single-point connection 11132535 x x x x x x x RS232 option: interface for connection of a printer, computer or titrator 11132500 x x x x x x x Ethernet option: Ethernet interface for connection to Ethernet network 11132515 x x x x x* x x* PS/2 option: interface for connecting commercial keyboards and barcode 11132520 x x x x x* x x* readers LocalCAN option: interface for connection of up to 5 LocalCAN (LC) instruments 11132505 x x x x x* x x* MiniMettler option: MiniMettler second interface, for connection to older 11132510 x x x x x* x x* (legacy) systems RS-USB converter cable 11103691 x x x x x x x * = XS only

85 Accessories XPE, XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances -

Accessories XPE, XP, XSE, XS, XA Balances

Protective Covers Protective cover for XP terminal 11132570 x – – – – x – Protective cover for XPE/XSE terminal 30059776 – – x x – – – Protective cover for XS/XA terminal 11106870 x* – – – x – x (S) Protective cover for XS/XA terminal, Precision Balances with L-Platform 11132573 – – – – – – x (L) Protective cover for S-Platform, 10 mg and 0.1 g models (covers platform) 11133034 – – – – – x (S) x (S) Protective cover for XS/XA Precision Balances with S-Platform, 11132571 – – – – – – x (S) 10 mg and 0.1 g models (covers platform and terminal) IP54 cover for AC adapter, protects against dust and splashing (IP54) 11132550 x x x x x x x

Anti-Theft Device Steel cord with T-bar mechanism and lock 11600361 – x x x x x x

Transport Cases Transport case for Micro- and Ultra Microbalances 11122760 x – – – – – – Transport case for XP Microbalances 11106729 – x – – – – – Transport case for Analytical Balances 11106869 – – x x x – – Transport case for Precision Balances with S-Platform, 11132595 – – – – – x (S) x (S) 10 mg and 0.1 g models, with space for printer

Filling Process Control SQC-XP software package 21901277 – – – – – x – SQC14 Printer for control of up to 16 articles 00236210 x x x x x x x SQC14 Printer for control of up to 60 articles 00236211 x x x x x x x LV11 small items transporter for automatic balance feeding 21900608 x x x x x x x LV11 Draft Shield Door 11106715 – x x x x – – LV11 Pro Draft Shield Door for 0.1 mg and 1 mg models 11132711 – – – – – x (S) x (S)

Funnel Set Funnel Set for XP/XS Balances 00211220 x – – – – – –

Dynamic Weighing Kit Dynamic Weighing Kit, 4 liter vessel, for 10 mg and 0.1 g S-Platform mod- 11132657 – – – – – x x els and all L-Platform models

SE-Kit XPE SE-Kit, separate electronics kit for XP Analytical Balances 11106743 – – x x – – – SE-Kit extension cable 0.6 m 00211535 – – x x – – – SE-Kit extension cable 5.0 m 00210688 – – x x – – –

Hook for weighing below the balance Below-the-balance weighing device for Precision Balances with L-Platform 11132565 – – – – – x (L) x (L) (integrated in balance models with S-Platforms)

Production Certificate Production Certificate “Pro” for XS/XA Balances 11106895 x* incl. incl. incl. x incl. x

Consumables SmartPrep Weighing Funnel , 50pcs 30061260 – – x x x – – * = XS only

SmartPrep single-use, antistatic funnels provide a safe and fast method for weighing-in powders. Simply weigh, transfer and rinse. Fits nearly any standard 10 – 250 mL flask.

86 Accessories MS, ML, ME, PL Balances

Accessories MS, ML, ME, PL Balances Part No. MS MS-S ML ME PL-S PL-L Semi- MS-L Description Micro

Draft shields Draft shield with sliding doors "mg" (usable height 168 mm) 12122405 - x - - - - Draft shield with sliding doors "0.1 mg" (usable height 236 mm) 12122404 - x - - - - Draft shield MS-DS-21 for models with readability of 0.1 g up to 0.01 g 12121014 - x - - - - Draft shield flexi, height 100 mm (only for ML203E, ML303E) 12122420 - - x - - - Draft shield for precision balances ML-DS-21, height 227 mm 12121015 - - x - - - (ML with pan size 170 x 190 mm) Draft shield without sliding doors "0.1 mg" (235mm) (Set DS High ME) 30037731 - - - x - - Draft shield without sliding doors "1 mg" (175 mm) (Set DS Low ME) 30042884 - - - x - - Glass cylinder for compact models (pan size ∅ 120 mm)* 12102988 - - - - x x *Pan ∅ 120 mm (balances with a weighing pan ∅ 160 mm require this pan 12102987 - - - - x x when using draft shield 12102988 - on request)

Protective covers Protective cover for MS semi-micro 30006615 x – – – – – Protective cover for MS-S balances with draft shield 12121850 – x – – – – Protective cover for MS-S balances without draft shield 12121851 – x – – – – Protective cover for MS-L balances 12121852 – x – – – – Protective cover for MS-KLE and MS-KLIPE balances 12121853 – x – – – – Protective cover for ML balances with draft shield 12122030 – – x – – – Protective cover for ML balances with square pan 12122031 – – x – – – Protective cover for ML balances with round pan 12122032 – – x – – – Protective cover for ME balances with draft shield 30037742 – – – x – – Protective cover for ME balances without draft shield 30042890 – – – x – – Protective cover for compact models 12102980 – – – – x x

Dust Cover Dust cover for models with draft shield 235mm 30029049 – – – x – – Dust cover for models with draft shield 170mm 30029050 – – – x – – Dust cover for models without draft shield 30029051 – – – x – –

Special Weighing pans Dynamic weighing pan MS-DWP-21 30006471 – x – – – – (MS-S with pan size 170 x 200 mm, 190 x 226 mm)

PowerPac PowerPac-M-12V (except MS-L, MS-KLE, MS-KLIPE) 12122363 x x x x x x

AC adapter AC Adapter 100-240 V, 12 VDC, 2.25 A 11107909 x – – – – – Universal adapter set (EU, USA, AU, UK) 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 0,3 A, 11120270 – x x x x x out 12 VDC 0,84 A

Interface Cables USB-RS232 converter cable for connection with PC via USB port; 11103691 x x x x x x baud rates 1200 to 115,2 K

Anti-Theft Devices Steel cord with lock 11600361 x x x x – – Steel cord with lock 00590101 – – – – x x

Auxiliary Displays Auxiliary display AD-RS-M7, RS232 large LCD backlit display powered by the 12122381 x x x x – – balance (RS232 interface) Auxiliary display RS-AD-L7, RS232 LCD display with backlight 72213564 – – – – x x

87 Accessories MS, ML, ME, PL Balances

Accessories MS, ML, ME, PL Balances Part No. MS MS-S ML ME PL-S PL-L Semi- MS-L Description Micro

Density Kit Density kit MS-DNY-54 for solids 30004077 x – – – – – Density kit MS-DNY-43 for solids 11142143 – x – – – – Density kit ML-DNY-43 for solids (not compatible with ML203E and ML303E) 11142144 – – x x – – Glass sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids in combination with 00210260 x x x x – – MS-DNY-54, MS-DNY-43 or ML-DNY-43 Calibrated glass sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids in combina- 00210672 x x x x – – tion with MS-DNY-54, MS-DNY-43 or ML-DNY-43 Recalibration for glass sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids in 00210674 x x x x – – combination with MS-DNY-54, MS-DNY-43 or ML-DNY-43 Density kit ME-DNY-4 for ME 0.1 mg balances 30029886 – – – x – –

ErgoSens Optical sensor for hands-free operation of MS semi-micro balance 11132601 x – – – – – Auxiliary footswitch for hands-free operation of MS semi-micro balance 11106741 x – – – – –

Evaporation Trap Evaporation Trap 30014460 x – – – – –

Weighing below the balance Hook for MS-L 11132565 – x – – – –

LabX direct LabX direct balance full version for simple data transfer 11120340 x x x x x x LabX direct balance demo version (30 days) 11120343 x x x x x x

Transport Case Transport case for MS semi-micro balances 30006317 x – – –– Transport case for all MS-S balances 11124245 – x – –– Transport case for ML balances (without draft shield) 11124240 – – x –– Transport case for compact models (without draft shield) 12102982 – – – x x Transport case for ME 0.1 mg balances (with draft shield, 235mm) 30046404 – – – x – – Transport case for models with draft shield (0.001 g, 170mm) 30046405 – – – x – – Transport case for models without draft shield 30046406 – – – x – –

Printer P-58RUE thermal label printer with RS232, USB and Ethernet interfaces 30094674 x x x x x x and functions: Print, Statistics, Formulation, Totaling, Label Printing P-56RUE thermal label printer with RS232, USB and Ethernet interfaces 30094673 x x x x x x P-58RUE and functions: Print, Label Printing* RS-P28 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: 11124304 x x x x x x Print, Zero, Date/Time, Feed, Statistics & Totaling RS-P26 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: 11124303 x x x x x x Print, Zero, Date/Time, Feed RS-P26 RS-P25 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: Print 11124300 x x x x x x * Possible only from host device, e.g. PC

88 Accessories General

Accessories General Part No. MS MS-S ML ME PL-S PL-L

Semi- MS-L Balances Description Part No. Description Micro Cables Density Kit All, with RS232 interface RS9 (m) – RS9 (f), cable for connecting a balance (RS232, 9-pin) to a printer, PC or 11101051 Density kit MS-DNY-54 for solids 30004077 x – – – – – titrator (RS232, 9-pin), 1 m Density kit MS-DNY-43 for solids 11142143 – x – – – – Ex2 cable for RS232 interface, fiber-optic cable with 9-pin RS connector and optoelectric 00224265 Density kit ML-DNY-43 for solids (not compatible with ML203E and ML303E) 11142144 – – x x – – converter with galvanic isolation, 2 m Glass sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids in combination with 00210260 x x x x – – USB – RS232 converter cable, intelligent expansion module that connects a balance 11103691 MS-DNY-54, MS-DNY-43 or ML-DNY-43 (RS232) to a PC USB port. Baud rates 1200 to 115,2 K, 1.7 m Calibrated glass sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids in combina- 00210672 x x x x – – All, with LocalCan interface LC – RS9 (f), cable for connecting a balance (LocalCAN) to a printer, PC or titrator 00229065 tion with MS-DNY-54, MS-DNY-43 or ML-DNY-43 (RS232, 9-pin), 2 m, includes interface box Recalibration for glass sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids in 00210674 x x x x – – Ex2: LC – RS9 (f), cable for connecting a balance (LocalCAN) in Ex Zone 2 to a printer, 00224275 combination with MS-DNY-54, MS-DNY-43 or ML-DNY-43 PC or titrator (RS232, 9-pin), 1.9 m, includes interface box Density kit ME-DNY-4 for ME 0.1 mg balances 30029886 – – – x – – LC – CL, cable for connecting a balance (LocalCAN) to a device with METTLER TOLEDO 00229130 CL interface, e.g. titrator, 5-pin, 2 m, includes interface box ErgoSens LC – RS open, cable for connecting to a MT ComBus system; includes interface box, 4 m 21900640 Optical sensor for hands-free operation of MS semi-micro balance 11132601 x – – – – – LC – LC03, extension cable for LocalCAN, 0.3 m, includes connector 00239270 Auxiliary footswitch for hands-free operation of MS semi-micro balance 11106741 x – – – – – LC – LC1, extension cable for LocalCAN, 1 m, includes connector 00229161 LC – LC2, extension cable for LocalCAN, 2 m, includes connector 00229115 Evaporation Trap LC – LC5, extension cable for LocalCAN, 5 m, includes connector 00229116 Evaporation Trap 30014460 x – – – – – LC – LCT, cable branch (T-connector) for connection of peripherals with LocalCAN 00229118

Weighing below the balance LC – RS8, connection cable for METTLER TOLEDO titrators DL50, DL53, DL55 00229185 Hook for MS-L 11132565 – x – – – – Connection cable for METTLER TOLEDO titrators DL12, DL18, DL21, DL25, DL35, 00106090 DL40RG, DL40GP (1.5 m long), (LC-CL cable is also required, order no 00229130) LabX direct All, with Ethernet interface Ethernet extension cable, RJ45 patch cable U/UTP, CAT5, 3 m 11600395 LabX direct balance full version for simple data transfer 11120340 x x x x x x Ethernet extension cable, RJ45 patch cable U/UTP, CAT5, 5 m 11600396 LabX direct balance demo version (30 days) 11120343 x x x x x x All, with MiniMettler interface MiniMettler – RS232 connection cable for PC (DB9 f, bidir. handshake, 1.5 m long) 00210493

Printer P-58RUE thermal label printer with RS232, USB and Ethernet interfaces 30094674 x x x x x x and functions: Print, Statistics, Formulation, Totaling, Label Printing P-56RUE thermal label printer with RS232, USB and Ethernet interfaces 30094673 x x x x x x and functions: Print, Label Printing* RS-P28 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: 11124304 x x x x x x Print, Zero, Date/Time, Feed, Statistics & Totaling RS-P26 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: 11124303 x x x x x x Print, Zero, Date/Time, Feed RS-P25 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: Print 11124300 x x x x x x * Possible only from host device, e.g. PC

89 Accessories OIML Weights

Our Expertise Your Cornerstone for Reliable Results

Only the finest quality austenitic steel offers the highest resistance to corrosion over the course of a weight’s lifetime. Our unique manufacturing process involves melting the steel under vacuum, traditional mechanical polishing, final stage electrolytic polishing, fully automated cleaning processes and final calibration using state-of-the-art mass comparators. The process has been perfected over years of experience to bring you accurate weights of the highest quality, with a stability that remains unmatched in the market.

Custom Materials Electrolytic Polishing Robot Calibration Our specially produced super Proprietary process eliminates Substantial investment in cutting austenitic stainless steel is cast microscopic protrusions in the edge robot technology, combined under vacuum to reduce unde- weight’s surface which is far with decades of experience, sired trace elements, remove dis- more even compared to mechani- guarantees the highest standard solved gases and improve oxide cal polishing. Thanks to the en- of weight calibration. Computer cleanliness. This optimizes the hanced properties of the passive controlled processes eliminate physical properties of the steel; oxide film, long-term stability of human error, producing consis- e.g. density is highly reproduc- the weight is improved. tent and reproducible results with ible. low uncertainty values.

www.mt.com/weights

90 Accessories OIML Weights

Microgram Weights For Mass Calibration

The weights, combined with their specially designed set of accessories and handling tools, offer the complete solution for customers who go beyond traditional boundaries.

These weights are mainly used by national institutes for scientific research and calibrations, but they also aid general industry research in areas where equipment calibration with milligram weights is no longer suf- ficiently precise

Protective Storage Stable Weights Nifty Tools Easy to clean aluminum boxes Precise and inimitable shapes for Tweezers with a special hook protect weights against electro- each nominal weight. To ensure and ceramic tips ensure proper static charge. To avoid uninten- accuracy, an automated process handling. The miniature draft tional mis-storage of weights, is used to bend wires with diam- shield protects the weights during each box is laser marked with the eter as small as 0.05mm into the acclimatization and pre-weighing nominal value. desired shape. preparations.

Weight Sets Nominal Value Weight Sequence Number of Weights Part No. Part No. 0.05 mg - 0.5 mg 1, 2, 2, 5 5 30078805 30078807

Single Weights Nominal Value MPE (± in µg) Uncertainty (µg) Part No. Part No. 0.05 mg ± 1.5 0.7 30078800 30080144 0.1 mg ± 1.5 0.7 30078801 30080145 0.2 mg ± 1.5 0.7 30078802 30080146 0.5 mg ± 1.5 0.7 30078803 30080147

With statement of accuracy With traceable calibration certificate issued by the National Measurement Office in UK www.mt.com/microgram-weights 91 Accessories OIML Weights

Signature Line OIML E1, E2 and F1

Guaranteed Full Lifetime Positive Tolerances Guarantee

The Signature Line High-grade stainless steel, vacuum melted offers more than Density: 8.0 kg/dm3 perfection. Hand Magnetic susceptibility < 0.01 selected weights with One-piece design (Monobloc) guaranteed positive tolerances and a lifetime guarantee make these weights the first choice for ambitious The unique electrolytic The “Stay-in-tolerance” Weight and Box testing purposes. adjustment procedure lifetime guarantee Weight and Box, combined with robotic means that if ever a including Certificate calibrations allows weight should be found Wire weight selective production of out of tolerance it will be Marked wire weight weights in the positive replaced free of charge. Cylindrical weight with knob tolerance range. Marked cylindrical weight with knob

Individual Individual Weights Weights E1 E2 F1

Nominal Order number Order number Nominal Order number value Shape Wooden Box Plastic Box value Shape Plastic Box 1 mg 00159000 00159001 – 30003706 1 mg – 30003743 2 mg 00159010 00159011 – 30003707 2 mg – 30003744 5 mg 00159020 00159021 – 30003710 5 mg – 30003745 10 mg 00159030 00159031 – 30003711 10 mg – 30003746 20 mg 00159040 00159041 – 30003712 20 mg – 30003747 50 mg 00159050 00159051 – 30003713 50 mg – 30003748 100 mg 00159060 00159061 – 30003714 100 mg – 30003749 200 mg 00159070 00159071 – 30003715 200 mg – 30003750 500 mg 00159080 00159081 – 30003716 500 mg – 30003751 1 g 00159090 00159091 – 30003717 1 g – 30003752 2 g 00159100 00159101 – 30003718 2 g – 30003753 5 g 00159110 00159111 – 30003719 5 g – 30003754 10 g 00159120 00159121 – 30003720 10 g – 30003755 20 g 00159130 00159131 – 30003721 20 g – 30003756 50 g 00159140 00159141 – 30003722 50 g – 30003757 100 g 00159150 00159151 – 30003723 100 g – 30003758 200 g 00159160 00159161 – 30003724 200 g – 30003759 500 g 00159170 00159171 – 30003725 500 g – 30003760 1 kg 00159180 00159181 – 30003726 1 kg – 30003761 2 kg 00159190 00159191 – 30003727 2 kg – 30003762 5 kg 00159200 00159201 – 30003728 5 kg – 30003763 10 kg 00159210 00159211 – 30003729 10 kg – 30003764 20 kg 00159220 00159221 – 30003730 20 kg – 30003765 50 kg 00159230 00159231 – 30003731 50 kg – 30003766

92 Accessories OIML Weights

Weight E1 E2 Sets 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 g 1 g 1 mg 1 kg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 g 1 g 1 kg 500 mg 200 g 1 kg 2 kg 5 kg 50 g 500 g 1 kg 5 kg 500 mg 200 g 1 kg 2 kg 5 kg 50 g 500 g 5 kg 1 mg 2 mg 5 mg 10 mg 20 mg 50 mg 100 mg 200 mg 500 mg 1 g 2 g 5 g 10 g 20 g 50 g 100 g 200 g 500 g 1 kg 2 kg 5 kg No. of Weights 12 23 25 27 28 8 12 38 4 12 23 25 27 28 8 12 4 00159300 00159340 00159350 11117614 11117616 00159310 00159320 00159360 00159330 Wooden Box 00159301 00159341 00159351 11117615 11117617 00159311 00159321 00159361 00159331 Plastic Box 30003732 30003734 30003735 30003736 30003737 30003738 30003739 30003740

Weight F1 Sets 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 g 1 g 1 kg 500 mg 200 g 1 kg 2 kg 5 kg 50 g 500 g 5 kg 1 mg 2 mg 5 mg 10 mg 20 mg 50 mg 100 mg 200 mg 500 mg 1 g 2 g 5 g 10 g 20 g 50 g 100 g 200 g 500 g 1 kg 2 kg 5 kg No. of Weights 12 23 25 27 28 8 12 4 Plastic Box 30003767 30003768 30003769 30003770 30003771 30003772 30003773 30003774

93 Accessories OIML Weights

Premium Line OIML E2 and F1

Premium Made in Stainless Steel Switzerland

Uncompromising High-grade stainless steel, vacuum melted selection of steel and Density: 8.0 kg/dm3 rigorous control of Magnetic susceptibility < 0.01 manufacturing pro- One-piece design (Monobloc) cesses make Premium Line weights the excellent choice for balance calibration and testing. The proven one-piece Premium, vacuum The one-piece construc- Weight and Box design (monobloc) melted stainless steel tion and electrolytically Weight and Box, guarantees best long ensures an anti- polished surface offer including Certificate term stability and ac- corrosive surface with best long term stabil- Wire weight curate testing results. low magnetization and ity. Unmatched Swiss Marked wire weight susceptibility values. quality! Cylindrical weight with knob Marked cylindrical weight with knob Individual Individual Weights Weights E2 F1

Nominal Order number Order number Nominal Order number Order number value Shape Wooden Box Plastic Box value Shape Wooden Box Plastic Box 1 mg 00158300 00158301 00158306 00158307 1 mg 00159410 00159411 00159416 00159417 2 mg 00158310 00158311 00158316 00158317 2 mg 00159420 00159421 00159426 00159427 5 mg 00158320 00158321 00158326 00158327 5 mg 00159430 00159431 00159436 00159437 10 mg 00158330 00158331 00158336 00158337 10 mg 00159440 00159441 00159446 00159447 20 mg 00158340 00158341 00158346 00158347 20 mg 00159450 00159451 00159456 00159457 50 mg 00158350 00158351 00158356 00158357 50 mg 00159460 00159461 00159466 00159467 100 mg 00158360 00158361 00158366 00158367 100 mg 00159470 00159471 00159476 00159477 200 mg 00158370 00158371 00158376 00158377 200 mg 00159480 00159481 00159486 00159487 500 mg 00158380 00158381 00158386 00158387 500 mg 00159490 00159491 00159496 00159497 1 g 00158390 00158391 00158396 00158397 1 g 00158600 00158601 00158606 00158607 2 g 00158400 00158401 00158406 00158407 2 g 00158610 00158611 00158616 00158617 5 g 00158410 00158411 00158416 00158417 5 g 00158620 00158621 00158626 00158627 10 g 00158420 00158421 00158426 00158427 10 g 00158630 00158631 00158636 00158637 20 g 00158430 00158431 00158436 00158437 20 g 00158640 00158641 00158646 00158647 50 g 00158440 00158441 00158446 00158447 50 g 00158650 00158651 00158656 00158657 100 g 00158450 00158451 00158456 00158457 100 g 00158660 00158661 00158666 00158667 200 g 00158460 00158461 00158466 00158467 200 g 00158670 00158671 00158676 00158677 500 g 00158470 00158471 00158476 00158477 500 g 00158680 00158681 00158686 00158687 1 kg 00158480 00158481 00158486 00158487 1 kg 00158690 00158691 00158696 00158697 2 kg 00158490 00158491 00158496 00158497 2 kg 00158700 00158701 00158706 00158707 5 kg 00158500 00158501 00158506 00158507 5 kg 00158710 00158711 00158716 00158717 10 kg 00158510 00158511 00158516 00158517 10 kg 00158720 00158721 00158726 00158727 20 kg 00158520 00158521 00158526 00158527 20 kg 00158730 00158731 00158736 00158737 50 kg 00158530 00158531 50 kg 00158740 00158741

94 Accessories OIML Weights

Weight E2 F1 Sets 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 g 1 g 1 mg 1 kg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 g 1 g 1 kg 500 mg 200 g 1 kg 2 kg 5 kg 50 g 500 g 1 kg 5 kg 500 mg 200 g 1 kg 2 kg 5 kg 50 g 500 g 5 kg 1 mg 2 mg 5 mg 10 mg 20 mg 50 mg 100 mg 200 mg 500 mg 1 g 2 g 5 g 10 g 20 g 50 g 100 g 200 g 500 g 1 kg 2 kg 5 kg No. of Weights 12 23 25 27 28 8 12 38 4 12 23 25 27 28 8 12 4

00158800 00158840 00158850 11117624 11117626 00158810 00158820 00158860 00158830 00161700 00158900 00158910 11117802 11117804 00158870 00158880 00158890 Wooden Box 00158801 00158841 00158851 11117625 11117627 00158811 00158821 00158861 00158831 00161701 00158901 00158911 11117803 11117805 00158871 00158881 00158891

00158806 00158846 00158856 11117321 11117323 00158816 00158826 – 11125900 00161706 00158906 00158916 11119979 11119981 00158876 00158886 11125907 Plastic Box 00158807 00158847 00158857 11117322 11117324 00158817 00158827 – 11125901 00161707 00158907 00158917 11119980 11119982 00158877 00158887 11125908

Accessories Tweezers Weight Forks

Order number Order number Straight tips, for weights 1 mg – 20 g, length 115 mm 00015900 Aluminum/Polyamide, for weights 500 g –1kg, length 300 mm 00222175 Straight tips, for weights 1 mg – 20 g, length 220 mm 11116544 Aluminum/Polyamide, for 2 kg weights, length 320 mm 00015902 Straight tips, for weights 20 g – 200 g, length 140 mm 11116543 Aluminum/Polyamide, for 5 kg weights, length 470 mm 00015903 Bent tips, for weights 20 g – 200 g, length 200 mm 00015901 ABS, for 500 g weights, length 150 mm 11123094 Bent tips, for weights 1 mg – 200 g, length 130 mm 11116540 ABS, for 1 kg weights, length 150 mm 11123095

Miscellaneous Accessories Weight Handles

Nylon gloves Weight marking Order number Order number Leather gloves, pair, not suitable for regulated environments 00072001 Steel with rubber coating, for 2 kg weights 11123096 Nylon gloves, pair, suitable for all environments 11123098 Steel with rubber coating, for 5 kg weights 11123097 Micro fibre cloth, suitable for all environments 00158798 Aluminum, for 10 kg and 20 kg weights 00015904 Brush, suitable for all environments 00158799 Aluminum, for 10 kg and 20 kg weights, with ear for crane 11116517 Weight marking, alphanumeric 11116500 Aluminum, for 50 kg weights, with ear for crane 11116515

95 Accessories OIML Weights

Basic Line OIML F1, F2 and M1

Economical Clean-room Production Suitability

Proven technology and Stainless steel Density: 7.9 kg/dm3 competitive prices make Basic Line weights a cost effective solution for general testing Weight and Box purposes. All weights Weight and Box, are made of stain- including Certificate less steel, even for mg weights no aluminum The adjustable cavity All Basic Line weights Sheet weight is used. Weights are (AC) design can be are protected in robust Marked sheet weight manufactured under manufactured more and easy to clean plastic Cylindrical weight with knob METTLER TOLEDO’s strin- economically, making boxes. FDA approved Marked cylindrical weight with knob gent ISO9001 quality these weights afford- materials, including foam management system. able even for smaller inserts, make them a per- Marked single weights budgets. fect solution for regulated are available on request industries.

Individual Weight Weights F1 F2 M1 Sets

Nominal Order number Order number Order number 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg 1 g 1 g value Shape Plastic Box Plastic Box Plastic Box 500 mg 200 g 1 kg 2 kg 5 kg 50 g 500 g g 1 m 11119491 11119561 11119 079 11118271 11117935 11117751 1 mg 2 m g 11119492 11119562 11119 0 8 0 11118272 11117936 11117752 2 mg 5 m g 11119493 1111956 3 11119 0 81 11118273 11117937 11117753 5 mg 10 m g 11119494 1111956 4 11119 0 82 11118274 11117938 11117754 10 mg 20 m g 11119495 11119565 11119 0 8 3 11118275 11117939 11117755 20 mg 50 m g 1111949 6 11119566 11119 0 8 4 11118276 11117940 11117756 50 mg 10 0 m g 11119497 11119567 11119 0 85 11118285 11117941 11117757 100 mg 20 0 m g 11119498 1111956 8 11119 0 8 6 1111828 6 11117942 11117758 200 mg 50 0 m g 11119499 11119569 11119 0 87 11118287 11117943 11117759 500 mg 1 g 11119455 11119525 11119 0 42 11118191 11118 055 11117711 1 g 2 g 11119456 11119526 11119 0 43 11118192 11118 056 11117712 2 g 5 g 11119457 11119527 11119 0 44 11118193 11118 057 11117713 5 g 10 g 11119458 11119528 11119 0 45 11118194 11118 058 11117714 10 g 20 g 11119459 11119529 11119 0 46 11118195 11118 059 11117715 20 g 50 g 1111946 0 11119530 11119 0 47 1111819 6 11118 0 6 0 11117716 50 g 10 0 g 11119461 11119531 11119 0 48 11118201 11118 0 61 11117717 100 g 20 0 g 11119462 11119532 11119 0 49 11118202 11118 0 62 11117718 200 g 50 0 g 1111946 3 11119533 11119 050 1111820 3 11118 0 6 3 11117719 500 g 1 kg 1111946 4 11119534 11119 051 1111820 4 11118 0 6 4 11117721 1 kg 2 kg 11119465 11119535 11119 052 11118205 11118 0 65 11117722 2 kg 5 kg 11119466 11119536 11119 053 1111820 6 11118 0 66 11117723 5 kg 10 kg 11119467 11119537 11119 054 11118211 11118 0 67 11117724 Number of Weights 12 23 25 27 28 8 12 20 kg 1111946 8 11119538 11119 055 11118212 11118 0 6 8 11117725 11119511 11119512 11119513 11119514 11119515 11119516 11119517 F1 11119581 11119582 11119583 11119584 11119585 11119586 11119587 11118 456 11118 457 11118 458 11118 459 11118 46 0 11118 461 11118 462 F2 11118 339 11118 340 11118 341 11118 342 11118 343 11118 344 11118 345 11117862 11117863 1111786 4 11117865 11117866 11117867 11117868 M1 11117771 11117772 11117773 11117774 11117775 11117776 11117777 96 Accessories OIML Weights Professional CarePacs® For Smooth Routine Testing

Perform safe routine testing of your balances with precisely what you need – a METTLER TOLEDO CarePac® with just two test weights. This unique approach, which is also recommended in USP <41>, means you can rely on accurate measuring results and save time and money. CarePacs® include tweezers, gloves and everything you need for professional weight handling.

Choose your CarePac now with the online weight selector!

www.mt.com/weights

Flexible testing Cost savings Security through superior CarePacs® offer the option to Buy only what is needed for rou- accessories add a third weight for customer tine testing – two weights rather Ergonomic tweezers and weight specific testing. than an entire weight set. forks as well as clean-room Re-calibration costs are lower approved gloves and cleaning for two weights compared to an cloths meet the highest require- entire set. ments of all industries.

97 Mass Comparators Highly accurate mass determination

98 Page Comparator Balances Overview 100 – 101 XP Mass Comparators 102 – 103

Mass Comparators

99 Comparator Balances Overview

Mass Comparison Manual, Automated and Robotic

The Metrology unit offers comprehensive Mass Comparator and Comparator Service portfolios for seamless traceability and highly accurate weighing applications.

The portfolio is divided into three lines of Comparators: Manual, Automated and Robotic

Manual Automated Robotic Comparators Comparators Comparators

The combination of a highly Thanks to the Windows®-based These fully automated solutions ergonomic user interface with control software and 4-place are ideal for large scale calibration the menu-guided mass deter turntable, all measurements activities up to E1 OIML accuracy mination software MCLink are automatically done without class assuring a safe and efficient simplifies and improves every operator interference, keeping workflow. operator’s work. measurement uncertainty to a minimum. • Peak performance towards • Highest resolution from nanogram accuracy from 0.1µg 0.1µg to 5‘400 kg • Highest accuracy from to 20kg • Self-centering weighing 0.1µg to 64 kg • Maximum productivity with large pan (hanging pan or • Fully automated comparison weight magazines LevelMatic®) with 4-position weight han- • Time saving with fast 3-axis • Touchscreen operation dler robot • Secure data with Ethernet • Easy and secure data • Windows®-based user friendly and Wireless interfaces management control software • Automated weighing process with PC Controller 100 Mass Comparators set the standard

Due to their very best repeatability METTLER TOLEDO Mass Metrology and resolution, Mass C omparators solutions guarantee highest quality are the most a ccurate balances and full compliance with country existing today. They determine the specific norms in all areas of work exact mass of unknown weights by in science, industry and for con- comparison with a known reference sumer products. weight.

All masses are fully traceable to the Mass International Prototype Kilogram in Metrology Paris, and hence Mass Compara- tors play a key role in the realiza- Science tion of measurement standards. Industries Please order the Comparator Balances Consumer Products brochure (11795840)

www.mt.com/comparators

101 XP Mass Comparators

The Right Comparators For the Right Segments

A wide range of XP mass comparators are available for lab and Industrial applications where the highest accuracy and performance is required.

Complete solutions are available for the following segments:

Machinery and Electronics Petrochemicals Fine Chemicals Production oriented, the XP-S line XP-L line is largely used in gas Highest yield for highest capaci- offers the highest accuracy for cylinder filling. Its robustness and ties, XP-K line helps minimize the the smallest tolerances assuring highest resolution help reduce waste of bulk chemical compo- top quality finished components uncertainties to a minimum nents at the time of filling, drasti- and parts. improving the quality of the gas cally sinking production costs. mixes.

ComparatorPac™ consisting of: • 3 XP Mass Comparators • OIML Calibrated Reference Weights • MCLink Software

Calibration Laboratories For safe and simple weight calibration ComparatorPac™ is the all-in-one solution, assuring efficient workflows and reliable results.

www.mt.com/comparatorpac 102 XP Mass Comparators

XP2004S XP32003L

XP155KS

Select the Right XP Comparator for your Application

Model Maximum Load Readability Repeatability ABA Article Number at Nominal Load XP6U 6.1 g 0.1 µg 0.35 µg 11122400 XP26C 22 g 1 µg 1.5 µg 11106022 XP56C 52 g 1 µg 3 µg 11106023 XP205CDR 220 g 0.01 mg 0.05 mg 30045005 XP505 520 g 0.01 mg 0.035 mg 11140137 XP2004S * 2300 g 0.1 mg 0.1 mg 11130124 XP2003S 2300 g 1 mg 1 mg 11130120 Please order the ComparatorPac™ Weight XP5003S 5100 g 1 mg 0.8 mg 11130121 Calibration brochure XP10003S 10100 g 1 mg 1 mg 11130122 (30003796) XP26003L * 26.1 kg 1 mg 3 mg 11120685 XP32003L 32.1 kg 5 mg 10 mg 11120686 XP64003L 64.1 kg 5 mg 8 mg 11120687 XP64002L * 64.1 kg 10 mg 25 mg 11120688 XP64002L-T 64.1 kg 10 mg 30 mg 11120689 XP155KS * 150 kg 0.05 g 0.12 g 11120800 XP604KM * 600 kg 0.1 g 0.23 g 11120805 XP1003KM * 1100 kg 0.5 g 1.5 g 11120810 XP2003KL * 2500 kg 1 g 7 g 11120815 XP6002KL * 5400 kg 10 g 70 g 11120820

* EX Zone 2 (ATEX) certified model also available 103 Gravimetric Dispensing Powder and liquid dispensing for perfect concentrations

104 Page Quantos Overview 106 – 107 Benefits of Automated Dosing 108 – 109 Product Overview 110 – 111 Accessories 112 – 113

Gravimetric Dispensing Powder and liquid dispensing for perfect concentrations

105 Quantos Overview

Quantos Dispensing Solutions

Quantos addresses the weak link in sample preparation with gravimetric solid and solvent dispensing solutions. It is an innovative way to minimize the variability in sample processing and reduce the labor requirement.

Implementing a gravimetric sample preparation system reduces laboratory errors and out-of-specification (OOS) incidents by up to 60%, while increasing laboratory efficiency.

106 Quantos Overview

Fully Automated Automated Automated Pre-configured Sample Preparation Sample Preparation Liquid Dispensing Workflows

Prepare accurate concentra- Safe, fast and accurate Prepare samples via The WorkflowBox contains tions at small volumes in a automated powder dispens- manual powder dosing optimized built-in methods fully automated system. With ing ensures user safety and combined with automated for maximum process secu- full dispensing flexibility, the saves costs. Optional auto- gravimetric addition of the rity and full traceability: easy, system improves data qual- mated diluent addition en- diluent. Allows preparation efficient weighing, dilution & ity and reduces errors by ables gravimetric prepara- of accurate concentrations sample prep, in combination minimizing variability and tion of solutions with highly and reduces errors. with the QB or QA series. weighing and dilution errors. accurate concentrations. Absolute security and multiple savings are assured. QWB WorkflowBox QWB QA Liquid Dispensing QA Liquid QX Fully Automated Dispensing Automated QX Fully QB Powder and Liquid Dispensing Liquid and QB Powder

107 Quantos – Benefits of Automated Dosing

Quantos Gravimetric Dispensing

Weighing powders and preparing solutions are the most common tasks for an analytical balance. Dosing powder by hand takes a long time, represents a potential source of errors and is potentially dangerous when toxic substances are involved. Preparing solutions using volumetric flasks is cumbersome and one risks errors and cross contamination. Quantos combines powder and liquid dispensing technology with METTLER TOLEDO high-end balances for fast, safe and economical powder weighing and solution preparation.

Speed Safety Saving

Automatic dosing up to 20 times Quantos protects you and your Quantos reduces the minimum faster than the manual process. samples – hazardous sub- weight by 40 %. Liquid dosing Quantos doses 1 mg to 5 g within stances remain sealed and aero- is independent of volumetric 15 to 90 seconds! sol formation is kept to an glassware. Altogether savings absolute minimum. of up to 90% are possible.

www.mt.com/quantos

108 Order Information QB5 + automated sampler

Description Remarks Article Number Thanks to the QS30 auto sampling system, you Quantos balances can process up to 30 samples per batch. The QD206DR Weighing unit 11141007 automation helps you to save time and to focus on QD206DR/A Weighing unit, approved 11141010 QD206DR/M Weighing unit, approved (US) 11141009 other tasks.

Autosampler • The spacesaving, ring-shaped design is opti- Autosampler QS30 Including 6 cassettes for ∅ 24 mm bottles or 11141300 mised for the tightest of laboratory spaces. adapters Cassette for 5 bottles Set with 6 cassettes, numbered 1 to 30 11141772 • With a wide range of accessories including vial (max ∅ 24 mm) adapters for a variety of different vessels, almost Cassette for 5 bottles Set with 6 cassettes, numbered 1 to 30 11141773 all common powder dosing applications can be (max ∅ 28 mm) executed. NetCom-Kit These 2 elements must be ordered in order to 11141832 Ethernet make the service of the upgraded balance possible 11132515 EQPac Quantos Mandatory 11141040 Ionizing Kit Optional 11141829 Cable Box Optional 11141845

109 Quantos – Product Overview

Make the Shift with Quantos Find the Right Solution for your Application

Whether you use a traditional volumetric flask or the game-changing Quantos technology for gravimetric sample preparation, METTLER TOLEDO has the right solution for you. The modular concept enables you to upgrade an XPE/XP analytical balance to an automatic weighing system that is also able to prepare perfect concentrations. Significant economic and ecological benefits can be realized: reduced amounts of substance and solvent are consumed, with less waste and a reduced risk of exposure for the user.

QB QA QB – Powder Powder Dispensing Liquid Dispensing and Liquid Dispensing

Automate the powder dosing To prepare a solution the To prepare a solution an process and reduce the amount of substances is amount as low as 4 mg is minimum weight of your measured and the exact weighed according to USP XPE/XP balance. quantity of solvent is added and the exact amount of to achieve the desired solvent is added to achieve • Speed up your powder concentration. the desired concentration. dosing process by up to a factor of 20 • No need to weigh in your • From now on the amount • The user is protected substance accurately: of substance is no longer from toxic substances: the over- or undershoots are determinated by volu powder is contained in the compensated by adding metric flasks but by the dosing head only releas- the right amount of liquid. minimum weight of the ing the required amount • No need for volumetric balance resulting in • Save typically 40% of glassware significant savings. your substance: automa- • Automation and docu- • No need for volumetric tion reduces the typical mentation reduce the risk glassware minimum weight of an of errors. • Automation and XPE205 or XP205 from documentation reduce 14 mg to 10 mg accord- the risk of errors. ing to USP. 110 QB – Powder and Liquid Dispensing

Order Information

Description Remarks Article Number

Weighing Units QD56 Weighing unit, 1 µg readability 30077661 QD56/M Weighing unit, 1 µg readability, approved 30077663 QD56/A Weighing unit, 1 µg readability, approved US 30077662 Front door QD56DR Must be ordered together with the QD56 weighing unit 30079864 QD206DR Weighing unit, 5 µg readability 11141007 QD206DR/M Weighing unit, 5 µg readability, approved 11141009 QD206DR/A Weighing unit, 5 µg readability, approved US 11141010 QD205DR Weighing unit, 0.01 mg readability 30038500 QD205DR/M Weighing unit, 0.01 mg readability, approved 30038502 QD205DR/A Weighing unit, 0.01 mg readability, approved US 30038501 QD204 Weighing unit, 0.1 mg readability 30077252 QD204/M Weighing unit, 0.1 mg readability, approved 30077254 QD204/A Weighing unit, 0.1 mg readability, approved US 30077253

Powder and Liquid Dosing Units Q2 Powder Dosing Unit 30005906 QL2 Dosing Unit Pump module and all necessary cables 30008317 for connection to QA and QB series QLL1000 1000 ml pressure tight bottle (DIN GL45 thread) 30008318 with liquid dosing head NetCom-Kit These 2 elements must be ordered in order to make 11141832 Ethernet Option the service of the balance possible 11132515 EQPac Quantos Mandatory 11141040 Ionizing Kit Optional 11141829 Cable Box Optional 11141845 QLX45 Liquid dispensing kit for XPE/XP balances 30077252 www.mt.com/quantos 111 Quantos – Accessories

Quantos Dosing Heads A Safe Container for Substance

The intelligent dosing head has been developed to dose free flowing powdery substances such as APIs or reference standards where purity and quality of substance is essential and of highest importance. The use of a closed system avoids cross-contamination and protects the user, the substance and the environment. Simple dosing head portfolio: you’ve got the application – we’ve got the head.

Robust – Precise – Accurate Intelligent Dosing Head Enhanced safety

A highly precise mechanism, The integrated RFID chip learns The dosing head is attached to with an integrated stirrer guar- powder characteristics, optimizes the container for the lifetime of antees a homogeneous flow of the dosing accuracy and speed. your substance. A single dosing the powder. Four motors drive All information (substance ID, head for each powder elimi- the powder flow with real time quantity, date etc.) is saved and nates cross contamination risk. feedback from the balance, no can be printed or called up at Thanks to the impact resistant settings to play with. Testing of the touch of a button for 100 % and sealed transport container, thousands of different powders traceability ensured. No training each head and thus your valu- gave us the experience needed required. Simply place the head able substance is completely to best serve your powder dis- on your Quantos device and start protected. The transport con- pensing needs. working. tainer prevents moisture from being absorbed and is very low temperature compatible.

www.mt.com/quantos

112 Quantos – Accessories

Order Information

Description Remarks Article Number

Dosing Heads QH008-BNMW bulk 8 ml substance volume 11141533 QH012-LNMW bulk (set of 10) 12 ml substance volume 11141532 QH016-BNMW (set of 3) 16 ml substance volume, with transport box 11141503 QH120-LNMW (set of 3) 120 ml substance volume, with transport box 11141502 QH012-LNL bulk (set of 10) 12 ml substance volume, optimized for several grams target weight 11150145 QH120-LNL (set of 3) 120 ml substance volume, with transport box 11150144 QH012-LNLT bulk (set of 10) 12 ml substance volume for compacting powders 11150170 QH012-LNCT bulk (set of 10) 12 ml substance volume for difficult to dose powders 11150171 QH012-LNMP bulk (set of 10) 12 ml substance volume for small target containers 11150118 QH012-LNLX bulk (set of 10) 12 ml substance volume for mining substances and beads 11150155 QH120-LSMW (set of 3 ) 120 ml substance volume, sterile, with transport box 11141522 QH012-LSMW bulk (set of 10) 12 ml substance volume, sterile 11141542 QH012-ZNMW Starter Kit (set of 40) 12 ml substance volume 11150115 QH002-CNMW set of 30 Max. 2 ml substance volume, for few dispenses and low starting quantities 30083440 QH002-CNMW set of 90 Max. 2 ml substance volume, for few dispenses and low starting quantities 30098264 QH002-CNMW set of 180 Max. 2 ml substance volume, for few dispenses and low starting quantities 30099270 Powder test head For routine testing of the instrument 11141506 Set L transport box and glass vials (10 pcs.) For Quantos powder dosing heads 30036965 Technology FDA compliant dosing heads are made out of TPX polymer and 316L/1.4404 stainless steel. This material combination features excellent electrical chemical and physical properties, focusing on professional laboratory environment and best weighing practices. For non regulated environments POM material heads are available. Sterilized heads are available on request.

Label Printer Citizen Label Printer Kit Matrix barcode can be printed 11141820 Set with labels and ribbon 2 label rolls, 1 ribbon roll 30004309

Protocol Printer Protocol Printer Kit for print-outs on (adhesive) paper with RS232 connecting cable 11141834 Ribbon Cartridge black, for RS-P25 1 cartridge 12120798 Standard Paper, for RS-P25 5 rolls 12120799 Self Adhesive Paper, for RS-P25 3 rolls 11600388

LabX direct LabX direct QuantosConnect bidirectional data transfer, sequence programming 30008323

Vial Adapter Set ErgoClip Quantos with 5 different adapters 11141570 (Support and adapters) ∅ 10.3 – 21 mm (1 pc. each) Vial adapter POM ∅ 10.3 mm 3) for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) 11141571 Vial adapter POM ∅ 12.0 mm 3) for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) 11141575 Vial adapter POM ∅ 15.0 mm 3) for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) 11141572 Vial adapter POM ∅ 16.2 mm 3) for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) 11141573 Vial adapter POM ∅ 21.0 mm 3) for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) 11141574 Vial adapter stainless steel for size 0 capsules for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) 11141398 Vial adapter stainless steel for size 00 capsules for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) 11141799 Vial adapter stainless steel for size 000 capsules for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) 30006416 Vial adapter stainless steel for size 3 capsules for use with ErgoClip/Sampler, (5 pcs.) 30006431 Customized adapters are available on request, for use with ErgoClip for 64 x 100 mm stability pockets e.g. ErgoPocket 3) POM ELS (electrically conducting)

ErgoDisc ErgoDisc for 12 capsules, size 0 11141751 ErgoDisc for 12 capsules, size 00 11141754 ErgoDisc for 12 capsules, size 000 11141753 ErgoDisc for 12 capsules, size 1 11141755 ErgoDisc for 12 capsules, size 3 11141752 Support of ErgoDisc required to use the ErgoDisc 11141750 Access Door for ErgoDisc 11141760 113 Moisture Analyzers When moisture content matters

114 Moisture Analyzers

Page Moisture Analyzer Overview 116 – 117 Professional Moisture Analyzers 118 – 119 Advanced and Entry Level Instruments 120 – 121 SmartCal 122 – 123

115 Moisture Analyzer Overview

Accurate Moisture Determination Whatever your Application

METTLER TOLEDO Moisture Analyzers provide fast, precise and reliable moisture determination in the laboratory and on the factory floor. The industry solutions offer full compliance with regulations for the pharmaceutical industry, highest resolution for plastics, and production-proven instruments for the food industry.

When correct moisture content has a decisive influence on production processes and product quality, a METTLER TOLEDO Moisture Analyzer will give you the results you need with unsurpassed accuracy, speed and reliability. They are robust, easy to use and are built for long, reliable operation.

116 Moisture Analyzer Overview

Professional Advanced Entry SmartCal™ and Accessories

With outstanding measure- These compact moisture An entry level moisture SmartCal™ verifies moisture ment performance, you get analyzers provide you with analyzer that is simple to analyzer performance with a accurate moisture results in rapid and precise results for use and provides reliable simple 10 minute test. Pro- record time. Excellent report- reliable quality control in the results. fessional accessories, such ing capabilities assist you lab and on the factory floor. as sample pans and PC to ensure traceability and software, ensure best results compliance. and efficient processes. Entry Advanced Professional and Accessories and ™ SmartCal

117 Professional Moisture Analyzers

Professional Moisture Analyzers Accurate Results Delivered in Record Time

When moisture content matters, METTLER T OLEDO moisture analyzers provide outstanding results. With a high capacity MonoBloc weighing cell, innovative hanging weighing pan and up to 0.1 mg readability, highly reliable moisture results are delivered time after time. Excellent reporting capabilities assist you to ensure traceability and compliance.

HX204 HS153 Integrated compliance Boost productivity in the lab for peace of mind and on the factory floor

The HX204 is designed to meet the strict demands When moisture content determines productivity, the of research, quality control and production. It pro- HS153 is the instrument of choice. Powerful real- vides outstanding performance, rapid testing and time graphics combined with ruggedness and ease- powerful graphics. Full compliance makes the of-use ensure fast and reproducible measurements HX204 the ideal instrument for highly regulated in- in the lab and on the factory floor. dustries. • Real-time drying curve • Full compliance • Quick and simple operation • Highest accuracy and repeatability • Easy cleaning • One Click® Moisture • Fast results

118 HX204 and HS153

Comparison Table Professional Moisture Analyzers

HX204 HS153 Moisture content readability 0.01% / 0.001% 0.01% Balance capacity 200 g 150 g Balance readability 1 mg / 0.1 mg 1 mg Drying unit temperature range 40–230°C 40–230°C Lid-opening Motorized Manual Terminal display stand Optional Optional Internal calibration (FACT) Yes - Level control Yes - Automatic method development Yes - SmartCal integration (built-in RHT sensor) Yes Optional PDF and A4 printing Yes Yes Wi-Fi* Yes* Yes* Part No: 30019875 30019876 *Country specific availability

Please order the detailed product brochure and the White Papers on cross validation of the D rying Oven Method versus Moisture Analyzers

www.mt.com/moisture

A4/Letter Reports Ethernet Connectivity SmartCal Integration

Individual measurements with Connect to a standalone printer You can now select the built-in drying curves, summary reports or a networked printer via the SmartCal test directly from the with control charts, and test Ethernet. Generate reports as pdf user menu. The new Relative reports can all be printed in A4 files and send automatically to Humidity and Temperature sen- or letter format in full color. Strip any network location e.g. from sor plugs in at the back of the printers continue to be fully sup- factory floor direct to the QC unit to facilitate automatic nor- ported. office. (Wi-Fi connection avail- malization of the results. able in selected countries.)

119 Advanced and Entry Level

Routine Inspection Made Easy Proven Measurement Technology

HB43-S MJ33 HE53 The Workhorse The Robust The Entry Level in the Lab and Factory for Routine Inspection Moisture Analyzer

The HB43-S Moisture Analyzer Easy handling combined with The HE53 is a straight-forward, combines halogen heating tech- robust components make the robust and affordable entry level nology with strong analytical MJ33 the ideal instrument for moisture analyzer. Halogen power in a compact format. routine testing in production drying technology and a high It offers direct access to two environments. Metal heating performance weighing unit are drying methods. The fast drying elements and simple operation combined in a robust moisture program shortens test times. A ensure error-free moisture mea- analyzer. bright display guides the operator surements. Automatic end-point through the measurement. Alpha- determination omits the need for • Entry level instrument numeric method names and programming drying methods target weight indication ensure error-free operation. • Robust The compact and robust design • Simple to use makes the HB43-S ideal for rou- • Compact display tine testing, both in the lab and • No need for method on the factory floor. programming

• Accurate results • Direct method access • Brilliant display is easy to read • Production-proven • Flat surfaces make cleaning simple

120 Advanced and Entry Level and Accessories

Comparison Table Advanced and Entry Level Moisture Analyzers

HB43-S MJ33 HE53 Moisture content readability 0.01% 0.01% 0.01% Balance capacity 54 g 35 g 54 g Balance readability 1 mg 1 mg 1 mg Drying unit temperature range 50–200°C 50–160°C 50–160°C Heating technology Halogen Infrared Halogen Display LCD back-lit LCD back-lit LCD back-lit Temperature programs Standard, Rapid, LP16 Standard Standard, Rapid Number of drying methods 2 1 1 Switch-off criteria AK1-AK5, free, timed Automatic, timed Automatic, timed Weighing-in aid Yes No No Part No: 30019875 30019876

Free Moisture Guide All you need to know about: • Installation • Operation • Samples • Routine Testing

Please order the ‘Guide to Moisture Analysis’ and detailed product datasheets.

www.mt.com/moisture

Accessories for Moisture Analyzers

Sample Handling Description Part No. Quantity Sample pans Aluminum sample pan 00013865 80 Thanks to the opti- Glasfibre filters 00214464 100 mal surface finish Professional aluminum sample pan (extra strong) 11113863 80 aluminium sample Steel sample pan (reusable), height 6 mm 00214462 3 pans ensure ideal HX/HS sample pan handler 11148130 1 testing conditions. HB/MJ sample pan handler 00214464 3

Quality Management SmartCal Reference Substance: see page 122 HX/HS certified temperature adjustment set 30020851 1 Glass fibre filters HB/MJ certified temperature adjustment set 00214528 1 The adsorbent glass HX/HS adjustment weight, 100g certified 11119531 1 fibre filters simplify HB adjustment weight, 50g certified 11119530 1 testing of liquid and MJ adjustment weight, 20g certified 11119529 1 pasty substances HX/HS Thermo/hygrometer (RHT Sensor) 30020850 1 and prevent the build-up of a sur- Printers RS-P42 printer with RS232 interface 00229265 1 face film. RS-P25 compact printer with RS232 interface 11124300 1 Printer paper 00072456 5 Printer paper, self adhesive 11600388 3 Printer ribbon, black 00065975 2 Certified temperature adjustment kit Accessories HX/HS printer support 30066692 1 Ensure full trace- HX/HS stand for terminal 30018474 1 ability and perform HX/HS dust filter 30020838 50 temperature calibra- HX/HS protective cover for terminal 30003957 1 tion at point of use. HX/HS anti-theft device 11600361 1 HX/HS transportation case 30020836 1 HB/MJ protective keypad cover 11113363 2 HB/MJ dust filter 11113883 50 HB/MJ dust filter housing 11113882 1 HB/MJ transportation case 11113555 1 121 SmartCal

SmartCal. Trust Your Results. Reference Substance for Moisture Analyzer Testing

Whether producing food, chemical or pharmaceutical products, no one can risk inaccurate results. In today’s industries with strict regulations and ongoing audits, efficient verification and documentation of the performance of your Moisture Analyzers is key.

SmartCal ensures accurate results and provides seamless QC documentation with a simple, quick 10 minute test. Your Moisture Analyzer is under control at all times.

Verified instruments SmartCal checks moisture analyzer performance in three steps Test in only 10 minutes

Simple and fast test Verified instrument No issues The test is as easy to The moisture analyzer with auditors perform as a regular is ready for use, if the The proper verification Innovative test substance measurement. Simply result lies within the and seamless docu- SmartCal is a granular test sub- pour SmartCal into SmartCal control mentation guarantee stance. Its high sensitivity reliably the sample pan and limits. correct performance. detects adverse influences from start. The results are ambient conditions and inaccu- available in 10 min- rate heating or weighing devices. utes.

Certified cSmartCal for highly regulated industries

The certified cSmartCal is recommended for use in all highly regulated industries. A Certificate of Analysis is provided for every production batch. This certificate is issued by the independent German Federal Institute for Materials Research and Testing in Berlin (BAM, www.bam.de).

122 SmartCal

SmartCal checks the performance of your Moisture Analyzer in the QC lab or directly on the factory floor in just 10 minutes. For results you can trust.

Are you testing enough? Or maybe too much?

The optimal frequency for verifying the performance of your Moisture Analyzer is dependent on your specific process needs and working environment. Get your free personalized, risk based testing recommendation at www.mt.com/smartcal-frequency-recommendation

www.mt.com/smartcal

For more information please order the SmartCal product brochure.

SmartCal Reference Substance Description Part No. cSmartCal (certified, set of 24) 30005791 cSmartCal (certified, set of 12) 30005793 SmartCal (set of 24) 30005790 SmartCal (set of 12 ) 30005792 StarterPac cSmartCal (all accessories, protocols and 12 tests) 30005918

123 Pipetting Products for the Life Sciences Page Overview 126 – 127 Ergonomic LTS LiteTouch System 128 – 129 XLS Ergonomic Manual Pipettes 130 – 131 XLS Ergonomic Electronic Pipettes 132 – 133 PureSpeed Protein Tips 134 – 135 Liquidator 96 Benchtop Pipettor 136 – 137 Pipette Service 138 – 139 BioClean Tips in Green Packaging 140 – 141

125 Overview

Rainin Pipetting For the Life Sciences

Strict regulations, stringent quality requirements and time-to-market or time-to-publish pressures demand reliable and consistent pipetting results. Pipetting is a central element of life science research work and for reproducible results scientists need accurate pipettes coupled with high-quality contamination-free tips.

With more than 40 years of pipetting experience and knowledge, Rainin has provided the industry’s leading integrated pipetting solution. We manufacture pipettes and tips as a tested system, so you can trust your results. Long a leader in the industry, Rainin continually strives for the next level, whether it’s the renowned LTS Lite Touch System, 96-well pipetting, RFID-enabled pipettes or E4 XLS – the next-generation electronic pipette.

Rainin delivers value and performance • Broadest selection of pipettes and tips • Enhanced pipetting performance • Reduced total cost of ownership and fewest out-of-tolerance pipettes • Standards compliance

126 Overview

Ergonomic Pipettes BioClean™ Tips 96-well Pipetting PureSpeed™ Quality and performance Clean and inert Liquidator™ 96 Sample Preparation Tips

Ergonomic pipettes for all Rainin inert BioClean tips Liquidator 96 is a fast, easy PureSpeed’s unique “resin routine and high-throughput are the cleanest and most and convenient benchtop in a tip” design offers a applications in manual, tested tips on the market. pipetting system. Fast work- convenient, low-cost and electronic, single channel A wide range of BioClean flows using 96- and 384- semi-automated method for and multichannel formats tips available for all pipet- well plates. purifying biomolecules. ting applications. BioClean Tips High Throughput Sample Preparation Ergonomic Pipettes Ergonomic

127 Ergonomic LTS LiteTouch System

Rainin’s Unique LTS™ LiteTouch™ System Protect Your Hands and Your Results

Rainin’s LTS cylindrical shaft and tip design provides a reliable, consistent seal – without excessive force. Thin-wall LTS tips have a small, well-defined seal area and a positive stop so the seal is made easily – there’s no need to force the shaft into the tip.

The ergonomic aspects of pipetting are often overlooked. Pipetting is forceful, with activities such as tip loading, tip ejection, depressing the plunger and ejecting the tip. It is also repetitive – many researchers pipetting for several hours each day.

A major component of pipetting force is loading and ejecting the tip. Most pipettes employ a slightly conical-shaped shaft that is inserted into a conical tip and held in place by friction. To make a seal sufficient for accurate liquid measurement, researchers often load tips with too much force, even rocking or banging the tip in place to ensure a good seal. After the pipetting cycle the tip must be removed, usually by an ejector button that is operated by the thumb. The force required to remove the tip can reach over 4 kg.

Rainin addresses this problem with its patented LTS™ LiteTouch™ System, which employs a cylindrical shaft and tip. This design provides a reliable, consistent seal without excessive force. LTS thin-wall tips have a small, well-defined seal and a positive stop, that lets you know exactly when the seal is made – no need to jam or pound the shaft into the tip. Tip ejection force is dramatically reduced to just 0.6 kg in the LTS system.

Traditional LTS cylindrical Pipetting tip and shaft

Large sealing area creates high friction Small seal area Conical shaft

fits into conical tip Positive stop with no positive stop eliminates jamming

128 Ergonomic LTS LiteTouch System

LTS Dramatically Reduces Tip Ejection Forces

LTS reduces tip ejection force to just 0.6 kg – far less than pipettes with conical tip/shaft designs, which can exceed 4 kg.

From the paper by Lichty et al, the tip ejection forces shown in the figure below are for Rainin Pipet-Lite with LTS compared to tip ejection forces for other leading manufacturers’ traditional single-channel pipettes. The tip ejection forces with LTS are well below the maximum recommended thumb exertion force for both females and males.

Less tip ejection force reduces fatigue so the user can concentrate on technique. Better technique leads to consistent sample pickup and more reproducible data. Bottom line: LTS provides better productivity.

2.1 kg - Female Rainin Pipet-Lite (LTS) 3.O kg - Male

Manuf. X’s Manual Pipette

Manuf. Y’s Manual Pipette

Manuf. Z’s Manual Pipette

0 1 2 3 4 5 kg Force Data from Work, 39, (2011), 177-185. Lichty et al 1

Comparison of tip ejection forces from four popular pipettes. The maximum recommended thumb exertion force is 2.1 kgf for females and 3.0 kgf for males (Kroemer2)

1 Lichty MG, Janowitz IL, Rempel DM. Ergonomic evaluation of ten single-channel pipettes. Work. 2011;39(2):177-85. 2 Kroemer KH. Cumulative trauma disorders: their recognition and ergonomics measures Pipet-Lite XLS to avoid them. Appl Ergon. 1989 Dec;20(4):274-80. Even lower plunger forces than Pipet-Lite

129 XLS Ergonomic Manual Pipettes

Pipet-Lite™ XLS Low Force – Extreme Accuracy and Precision

XLS Single-channel XLS+ Multichannel XLS Adjustable Spacer Lighter and smoother Ideal for 96-well plate Fast format changes operation, new design work between plates and tubes

Pipet-Lite XLS further reduces Pipet-Lite XLS+ multichannels Pipet-Lite XLS Adjustable Spacer plunger force and tip ejection with lightweight liquid ends and pipettes quickly change between forces. Eleven models cover redesigned seals give perfect 24- or 96-well plate formats with volume ranges from 0.1 µL sealing, consistent sample pick- just a twist. Set nozzle spacing to 20 mL. LTS and traditional up on all channels and repro- between 9 and 19 mm and in- models. The RFID tag in every ducible results. With volumes crease your productivity. Volume XLS model promotes easy from 1 to 1200 μL, in 8 or 12 settings 5 – 1200 µL, and the calibration management. channel formats, these multi- liquid end rotates 360° for fast channel pipettes exceed labora- alignment. tory requirements.

www.mt.com/rainin-xls

130 Cat.-No. Pipet-Lite, Single-channel Part. No. L-2XLS 0.1–2 µL 17011784 Pipet-Lite XLS Pipettes – Best in Class L-10XLS 0.5–10 µL 17011780 L-20XLS 2–20 µL 17011785 L-100XLS 10–100 µL 17011781 L-200XLS 20–200 µL 17011786 L-300XLS 20–300 µL 17011789 L-1000XLS 100–1000 µL 17011782 L-2000XLS 200–2000 µL 17011787 L-5000XLS 500–5000 µL 17011790 L-10MLXLS 1–10 µL 17011783 L-20MLXLS 2–20 µL 17011788 L-STARTXLS Starter Kit* 17011791 * Starter Kit: L-20XLS, L-200XLS, L-1000XLS and accessories

Cat.-No. Pipet-Lite, Multichannel Part. No. 8-Channel L8-10XLS+ 1–10 µL 17013802 L8-20XLS+ 2–20 µL 17013803 L8-50XLS+ 5–50 µL 17013804 L8-200XLS+ 20–200 µL 17013805 L8-300XLS+ 20–300 µL 17013806 L8-1200XLS 100–1200 µL 17011829 12-Channel L12-10XLS+ 1–10 µL 17013807 L12-20XLS+ 2–20 µL 17013808 Cat. No. Accessories Part. No. L12-50XLS+ 5–50 µL 17013809 HU-M3 Magnetic Hang-Ups with Magnet, set of 3 17003024 L12-200XLS+ 20–200 µL 17013810 HU-S3 Shelf Hang-Ups without Magnet, 3 on a bracket 17004992 L12-300XLS+ 20–300 µL 17013811 CR-7 Carousel Stand for 7 pipettes with fingerhook 17001255 L12-1200XLS 100–1200 µL 17011835 HU-A3 Adapter for Hang-Ups and Carousel Stand 17006638 for use with electronic and multichannel pipettes Cat.-No. Pipet-Lite, Adjustable Spacer Part. No. 6-Channel

LA6-300XLS 20–300 µL 17011841 RFID Accessories

LA6-1200XLS 100–1200 µL 17011840 Cat. No. Description Part. No. 8-Channel RFID-KIT RFID Kit incl. RFID Reader and LabX Direct 17011966 LA8-50XLS 5–50 µL 17011844 Pipette-Scan Software LA8-300XLS 20-300 µL 17011843 RFID-RDR Rainin RFID Reader 17011964 LA8-1200XLS 100-1200 µL 17011842 LabX-Pipet LabX Direct Pipette-Scan Software 17011965

131 XLS Ergonomic Electronic Pipettes

The App Master E4 XLS Accelerates Your Workflow

Single-channel Multichannel Adjustable Spacer Simplicity without Precision across Quickly move samples compromise all channels between different formats

The E4 XLS is the new standard High-throughput 96-well plate E4 XLS Spacers let you set noz- in electronic pipetting. With work is fast and easy with E4 zle spacing for 24- or 96-well a large 16-bit color screen, XLS+ lightweight multichannels plates with just a twist: and loaded with features and in 8- or 12 channel formats. 9 - 19 mm on 6-channel and functionality, E4 XLS brings a Advanced modes make quick 9 - 14 mm on 8-channel revolutionary new approach to work of setting highly complex models. The liquid end rotates navigation with its joystick and protocols. Superior channel-to 360° for quick alignment with carousel menu. It’s intuitive and channel consistency on E4 XLS+ the plate. E4 XLS Spacers are easy to use. means highly reproducible ideal for genomic, proteomic results. and cell culture applications.

www.mt.com//rainin-xls

132 BASIC

ADVANCED

M UL TITRATE TI -D IS The E4 XLS carousel-like P E N S menu makes switching E between features and MANUAL functions fast and easy.

REVERSE

Cat.-No. E4 XLS Single-Channel Part. No. E4-10XLS 0.5–10 µL 17012305 E4-20XLS 2–20 µL 17012306 E4-100XLS 10–100 µL 17012307 E4-200XLS 20–200 µL 17012308 E4-300XLS 20–300 µL 17012309 E4-1000XLS 100–1000 µL 17012310 E4-2000XLS 200–2000 µL 17012311 E4-5000XLS 500–5000 µL 17012312 E4-10MLXLS 1–10 mL 17012313 See the E4 XLS in action E4-20MLXLS 2–20 mL 17012314 Watch our video: www.mt.com/raininE4

Cat.-No. E4 XLS Multichannel Part. No. 8-Channel E8-10XLS+ 1–10 µL 17013792 E8-20XLS+ 2–20 µL 17013793 E8-50XLS+ 5–50 µL 17013794 E8-200XLS+ 20–200 µL 17013795 E8-300XLS+ 20–300 µL 17013796 E8-1200XLS 100–1200 µL 17012326 12-Channel E12-10XLS+ 1–10 µL 17013797 E12-20XLS+ 2–20 µL 17013798 E12-50XLS+ 5–50 µL 17013799 E12-200XLS+ 20–200 µL 17013800 E12-300XLS+ 20–300 µL 17013801 Cat. No. Accessories Part. No. E12-1200XLS 100–1200 µL 17012320 E4-RCS Rapid Charging Stand 17012332 E4-WPS Wall Power Supply 17012878 E4-BATT Battery 17012337 Cat.-No. E4 XLS Adjustable Spacer Part. No. E4-USB USB Cable 17012336 6-Channel

EA6-300XLS 20–300 µL 17012327 RFID Accessories EA6-1200XLS 100–1200 µL 17012328 Cat. No. Description Part. No. 8-Channel RFID-KIT RFID Kit incl. RFID Reader and LabX Direct 17011966 EA8-50XLS 5–50 µL 17012329 Pipette-Scan software EA8-300XLS 20-300 µL 17012330 RFID-RDR Rainin RFID Reader 17011964 EA8-1200XLS 100-1200 µL 17012331 LabX-Pipet LabX Direct Pipette-Scan Software 17011965

133 PureSpeed Sample Preparation Tips

Sample Preparation SimplifiedCapture PureSpeed Makes it Fast and Easy!

PureSpeed Tips radically simplify the purification of proteins and other biomolecules. WIth the E4 XLS pipette, they offer a convenient, low-cost, semiautomated method of purifying biomolecules.

• Excellent Purity compared to existing technologies • High Concentration – no additional concentration steps needed • High Throughput –Capture process up to 12 samples in parallelWash • Affinity Resins • Ion Exchange Resins • C18 Desalting Resin

Rainin PureSpeed™ Tips radically simplify purification of antibodies and recombinant proteins. This innovative approach produces the highest concentration of purified protein, allowing many options for downstream functional assays. PureSpeed’s unique process draws sample repeatedly over a low dead volume, packed resin bed offering controlled contact time with the resin and higher binding kinetics.

Wash Elute

Capture Purify Elute PureSpeed’s unique process Repetitive multiple wash steps In the final step, a small volume of maximizes protein recoveryElute by remove unbound, nonspecific low pH elution buffer releases the repeatedly drawing samples over proteins and contaminants for protein from the resin, producing a low-dead-volume packed resin ultra-pure protein fractions. highly pure, concentrated protein. bed in the tip’s end.

134 From Milliliter to Microliter… Fast Purification

Using the PureSpeed protocol offered on Rainin’s E4 XLS electronic pipette, PureSpeed tips offer a convenient, low-cost method of purifying micro-scale volumes of target protein in as little as 15 minutes. PureSpeed tips are supplied in clamshells containing 12 tips each and are available for affinity purification, ion-exchange and for desalting (PureSpeed C18 desalting tips also available in packs of 96 and 960.)

PureSpeed Affinity Tips and Accessories PureSpeed Ion Exchange Tips

Catalog No. MT Order No. Description Catalog No. MT Order No. Description PT-2-A5 17012561 ProA 5 µL Resin, 200 µL tip, 12 tips PT-10-WC80 17014191 1000 + 80 µL Weak Cation Exchange Resin, 12 Tips PT-2-A20 17012562 ProA 20 µL Resin, 200 µL tip, 12 tips PT-10-WC20 17014190 1000 + 20 µL Weak Cation Exchange Resin, 12 Tips PT-2-G5 17012563 ProG 5 µL Resin, 200 µL tip, 12 tips PT-10-SC80 17014189 1000 + 80 µL Strong Cation Exchange Resin, 12 Tips PT-2-G20 17012564 ProG 20 µL Resin, 200 µL tip, 12 tips PT-10-SC20 17014188 1000 + 20 µL Strong Cation Exchange Resin, 12 Tips PT-2-N5 17012566 IMAC 5 µL Resin, 200 µL tip, 12 tips PT-10-WA80 17014187 1000 + 80 µL Weak Anion Exchange Resin, 12 Tips PT-2-N20 17012567 IMAC 20 µL Resin, 200 µL tip, 12 tips PT-10-WA20 17014186 1000 + 20 µL Weak Anion Exchange Resin, 12 Tips PT-10-A20 17012568 ProA 20 µL Resin, 1000 µL tip, 12 tips PT-10-SA80 17014185 1000 + 80 µL Strong Anion Exchange Resin, 12 Tips PT-10-A80 17012569 ProA 80 µL Resin, 1000 µL tip, 12 tips PT-10-SA20 17014184 1000 + 20 µL Strong Anion Exchange Resin, 12 Tips PT-10-G20 17012570 ProG 20 µL Resin, 1000 µL tip, 12 tips PT-10-G80 17012571 ProG 80 µL Resin, 1000 µL tip, 12 tips PureSpeed Ion Exchange Starter Kits PT-10-N20 17012572 IMAC 20 µL Resin, 1000 µL tip, 12 tips PT-S10-E4 17013725 E4-1000XLS and Accessory Kit PT-10-N80 17012573 IMAC 80 µL Resin, 1000 µL tip, 12 tips PT-S10-E8 17013546 E8-1200XLS and Accessory Kit PT-E4-SD 17012587 E4 XLS Micro SD Card with PureSpeed Protocol PT-S10-E12 17013547 E12-1200XLS and Accessory Kit PT-ACC 17012588 PureSpeed Accessories LR-P2-96P-5 17012623 2.2 µL 96-Deepwell Plate PureSpeed C18 Desalting Tips

PureSpeed Starter Kits Catalog No. MT Order No. Description PT-S10-E12 17013547 Starter Kit E12-1200XLS and Accessory Kit PT-LC18-12 17014043 20 µL PureSpeed C18 Desalting Tips, LTS, 12 Tips PT-S10-E8 17013546 Starter Kit E8-1200XLS and Accessory Kit PT-C18-12 17014044 10 µL PureSpeed C18 Desalting Tips, Universal, 12 Tips PT-S2-E12 17013549 Starter Kit E12-200XLS+ and Accessory Kit PT-LC18-96 17014045 20 µL PureSpeed C18 Desalting Tips, LTS, 96 Tips PT-S2-E8 17013548 Starter Kit E8-200XLS+ and Accessory Kit PT-C18-96 17014046 10 µL PureSpeed C18 Desalting Tips, Universal, PT-S2-E4 17013724 Starter Kit E4-200XLS and Accessory Kit 96 Tips PT-S10-E4 17013725 Starter Kit E4-1000XLS and Accessory Kit PT-LC18-960 17014047 20 µL PureSpeed C18 Desalting Tips, LTS, 960 Tips PT-C18-960 17014048 10 µL PureSpeed C18 Desalting Tips, Universal, 960 Tips See how PureSpeed works Rainin, Pipetting 360°, LTS, E4, XLS and PureSpeed are trademarks of METTLER TOLEDO, Inc Watch our video: www.mt.com/purespeed

135 Benchtop 96-well Pipetting

Liquidator™ 96 The Manual Multi-Task Master

Manually pipette into 96 wells simultaneously on a bench top or in a laminar flow cabinet. No electric- ity, computer programming or complicated robotics are required. Liquidator 96 is completely portable and easily moves between labs and benches.

Faster than other manual pipettes and an effective alternative to complicated robotic systems. Total speed control: fast for rapid filling of master mix into a PCR plate or slow for delicate or expensive samples.

Consistently reliable results when using inert and contamination-free BioClean LTS tips. Manufactured under clean room conditions BioClean tips are ideal for PCR use, tissue culture, genetic studies, forensic applications and much more.

Ergonomic Saves Time 96 to 384 wells Liquidator 96 uses L iquidator Faster than all other manual Simple operation, no technician LTS tips to dramatically reduce pipetting methods, including time or complicated program tip mounting and ejection forces. expensive 4- and 8-channel parameters to enter. The whole hand operates the robots. Easily fills 96 wells in A 96-well plate can be loaded control levers for reduced strain, less than 20 seconds. Perfect in seconds and a 384-well and two levers make it easy to when preparing master mixes plate in just four passes. eject all 96 tips at once. Coun- and for getting a PCR plate into terbalanced design for light the thermal cycler fast. operation.

136 Cat. No. Description Part No. LIQ-96-200 96-well Manual Benchtop Pipettor, 5-200 µL 17010335

Accessories (1 of each supplied with Liquidator) LIQ-AP Height adjustment posts 17010396 LIQ-384PA 384-well adapter plate stage 17010394 LIQ-TRAY Deep-well 8-section reservoir 17010582 LIQ-MAG1 24-post Magnetic bead separator, for 96 wells 17011288 LIQ-MAG2 96-post magnetic bead separator for 384 wells 17011289

Liquidator LTS Tips LQR-20 Liquidator LTS tips 20 µL 17011185 LQR-20S Liquidator LTS tips. pre-sterilized 20 µL 17011186 LQR-20F Liquidator LTS tips, aerosol-resistant 20 µL 17011117 ”We process 20-40 PCR plates every day, LQR-200 Liquidator LTS tips 200 µL 17010645 and Liquidator 96 reduces the risk of wrist LQR-200S Liquidator LTS tips. pre-sterilized 200 µL 17010647 injury associated with repeated pipetting. LQR-200F Liquidator LTS tips, aerosol-resistant 200 µL 17010646 Faster processing means we can save as LQS-20 Liquidator LTS tips 20 µL 17011187 much as $5,000 per year – Liquidator LQS-20S Liquidator LTS tips. pre-sterilized 20 µL 17011287 is excellent for viscous lysates with clots LQS-200 Liquidator LTS tips 200 µL 17010648 LQS-200S Liquidator LTS tips. pre-sterilized 200 µL 17010649 and for minimizing cross-contamination...” Liquidator Reservoirs, Blocks, Strips, Caps, Holder Natalia Ivanova, Ph.D. LR-R1-PB-5 Low profile, pyramidal bottoms, 5-pack 17012602 LR-R1-PB-5-S Sterile low profile, pyramidal bottoms, 5-ind. wrap 17012603 Lead DNA Scientist LR-R2-PB-5 Full profile, pyramidal bottoms, 5-pack 17012604 Canadian Centre for DNA Barcoding LR-R2-PB-5-S Sterile Full profile, pyramidal bottoms, 5-ind. wrap 17012605 University of Guelph, Ontario LR-R1-8V-5 Low profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-pack 17012606 LR-R1-8V-5-S Sterile low profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-ind. wrap. 17012607 LR-R2-8V-5 Full profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-pack 17012608 LR-R2-8V-5-S Sterile full profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-ind. wrap. 17012609 See Liquidator in action LR-R1-12V-5 Low profile, 12-channel V-bottoms, 5-pack 17012612 Watch our video at www.mt.com/liq96 LR-R1-12V-5-S Sterile low profile, 12-channel V-bottoms, 5-ind. wrap. 17012613 LR-R2-12V-5 Full profile, 12-channel V-bottoms, 5-pack 17012610 LR-R2-12V-5-S Sterile full profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-ind. wrap. 17012611 LR-P2-96P-5 2.2 mL 96-deepwell block, 5-pack 17012623 LR-P2-96P-5-S Sterile 2.2 mL 96-deepwell block, 5-ind. wrap 17012624 LR-P2-96-M-5 Silicone seal fits 96-deepwell block, 5-pack 17012625 LR-P2-96-M-5-S Sterile silicone seal fits 96-deepwell block, 5-ind. wrap 17012626 LR-T-96-5 1.2 mL racked microtube strips (8x12) 5-pack 17012627 LR-T-96-5-S Sterile 1.2 mL racked microtube strips (8x12) 5-pack 17012628 LR-T-CS8 Microtube strip caps (8) Box of 300 17012629 LR-T-CS8-S Sterile microtube strip caps (8) 25 bags/12 strips ea. 17012630 LIQ-96-ADP Aluminum 96-well PCR plate holder 17012767

137 Good Pipetting Practice

Pipette Service by the Experts Optimize Your Pipette’s Performance

METTLER TOLEDO has the world’s most extensive network of ISO/IEC 17025 accredited pipette calibration laboratories. In order to deliver the best service to you, we have optimized every aspect of our service from controlled laboratory environments and manufacturer authorized spare parts to certified pipette technicians and specialized calibration software.

Uptime Performance Compliance Expertise

OEM parts ensure Only rely on well Certified results you Expertise for optimal top performance maintained pipettes can always trust accuracy and precision

Pipette performance Regularly scheduled cal- Our software systems, With over 40 years of greatly relies on the ibration and preventive processes and reports experience, we have the integrity of its compo- maintenance ensure top meet or exceed your expertise to deliver the nents. performance and reduce needs for regulatory quality you expect. downtime caused by compliance. This is why we maintain out-of-specification Extensively trained ser- an extensive inventory of pipettes. It supports every step of vice technicians calibrat- manufacturer authorized the calibration process ing your pipettes in envi- spare parts for all major Our network of ISO and assures full trace- ronmentally controlled brands and types of 17025 accredited labs ability of data according calibration labs, assure pipettes. is equipped to maintain to ISO 8655 and FDA 21 highest accuracy and your pipettes in peak CFR part 11. precision documented in condition. professional certificates.

138 Service

All pipettes entering calibration receive these valuable services: Inspection Visual inspection and functional check Cleaning Internal and external components Sealing Visual check and pressurized leak test

Parts Replacement of seals, o-rings, Improve your data quality with GPP – the Good shafts and pistons Pipetting Practice (GPP), our comprehensive, Repair Use of original manufacturer parts systematic approach to maximizing pipetting accuracy only and repeatability. Calibration Gravimetric, based on your Schedule a GPP Seminar with our GPP experts that regulatory needs train you and your team right in your lab. Docu Calibration certificates, calibration labels

Learn more about GPP www.mt.com/gpp

139 BioClean Tips

BioClean™ Tips in Green Packaging Reducing Waste at the Source

Many labs today are concerned with reducing environmental impact. Rainin has long been a pioneer in addressing these concerns through innovative package designs for tip-rack refilling to reduce plastic waste at the source.

85% less waste

Sleeve made from recycled water bottles, plates from recycled polypropylene

Waste from 10 Racks from SpaceSaver

Green-Pak™ SpaceSaver™ Green-Pak Stacked Refills – 85% less waste Individual Refills – 75% less waste

SpaceSaver refills are protected Green-Pak refills are completely from contamination by the sleeve, sealed, eliminating contamina- a rack and a lid. SpaceSaver uses tion. Filter and presterilized tips only 35% of the space used by are irradiated and certified free of 10 racks. The outer shell is made DNase, RNase, DNA, pyrogens of recycled water bottles and the and ATP. Fast, trouble-free loading. plates from waste tip material. Available standard, presterilized or Available standard or presterilized. presterilized with aerosol-resistant filter tips.

www.mt.com/rainin

140 BioClean Tips

LTS Tips for Rainin LTS Pipettes

Cat. No. Description Max Capacity Item

Green-Pak SpaceSaver: Stacked Tip Rack Refills GPS-L10 960 LTS tips in 10 refills 20 µL 17005091 GPS-L10S 960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized 20 µL 17005090 GPS-L250 960 LTS tips in 10 refills 200 µL 17005093 GPS-L250S 960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized 200 µL 17005092 GPS-L300 768 LTS tips in 8 refills 300 µL 17005095 GPS-L300S 768 LTS tips in 8 refills, presterilized 300 µL 17005094 GPS-L1000 768 LTS tips in 8 refills 1000 µL 17005089 GPS-L1000S 768 LTS tips in 8 refills 1000 µL 17005088

Green-Pak Indvidual Tip Rack Refills GP-L10 960 LTS tips in 10 refills 20 µL 17002424 GP-L10S 960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized 20 µL 17002430 GP-L10F 960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized, filter 20 µL 17002429 GP-L250 960 LTS tips in 10 refills 200 µL 17002425 GP-L250S 960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized 200 µL 17002431 GP-L200F 960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized, filter 200 µL 17002428 GP-L1000 768 LTS tips in 8 refills 1000 µL 17002423 GP-L1000S 768 LTS tips in 8 refills, presterilized 1000 µL 17002427 GP-L1000F 768 LTS tips in 8 refills, presterilized, filter 1000 µL 17002426 GPR-L10 Empty racks for 20 µL tips, red, pkg of 10 17001865 GPR-L250 Empty racks for 200/250-µL tips green, pkg of 10 17001863 GPR-L1000 Empty racks for 1 mL-tips, blue, pkg of 8 17001864

Removable Cover-Rack Tips RT-L10 960 LTS tips in 10 racks 20 µL 17002930 RT-L10S 960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized 20 µL 17002929 RT-L10F 960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter 20 µL 17002928 RT-L200F 960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter 200 µL 17002927 RT-L250 960 LTS tips in 10 racks 200 µL 17002932 RT-L250S 960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized 200 µL 17002931 RT-L250W 960 LTS Wide-orifice tips in 10 racks 200 µL 17007102 RT-L250WS 960 LTS Wide-orifice tips in 10 racks, presterilized 200 µL 17007101 RT-L300 768 LTS tips in 8 racks 300 µL 17002935 RT-L300S 768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized 300 µL 17002934 RT-L300F 768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized, filter 300 µL 17002933 RT-L1000 768 LTS tips in 8 racks 1000 µL 17002922 RT-L1000S 768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized 1000 µL 17002921 RT-L1000F 768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized, filter 1000 µL 17002920 RT-L1000W 768 LTS Wide-orifice tips in 8 racks 1000 µL 17007100 RT-L1000WS 768 LTS Wide-orifice tips in 8 racks, presterilized 1000 µL 17007099 RT-L1200 768 LTS tips in 8 racks 1200 µL 17006421 RT-L1200S 768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized 1200 µL 17006420 RT-L1200F 768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized, filter 1200 µL 17006419 RT-L2000 480 LTS tips in 8 racks 2000 µL 17002926 RT-L2000S 480 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized 2000 µL 17002924 RT-L2000F 480 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized, filter 2000 µL 17002923 RT-L5000 192 LTS tips in 8 racks 5000 µL 17002937 RT-L5000S 192 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized 5000 µL 17002936

StableStak Double-96-Format Stacked Racks SS-L10 960 LTS tips in 5 layers 20 µL 17005873 SS-L10S 960 LTS tips in 5 layers 20 µL 17005872 SS-L250 960 LTS tips in 5 layers 200 µL 17005875 SS-L250S 960 LTS tips in 5 layers 200 µL 17005874 SS-L300 768 LTS tips in 4 layers 300 µL 17005877 SS-L300S 768 LTS tips in 4 layers 300 µL 17005876 SS-L1000 768 LTS tips in 4 layers 1000 µL 17007090 SS-L1000S 768 LTS tips in 4 layers 1000 µL 17007089

Bulk Tips RC-L10 1000 LTS tips in bags 20 µL 17001128 RC-L250 1000 LTS tips in bags 200 µL 17001118 RC-L300 1000 LTS tips in bags 300 µL 17001132 RC-L1000 1000 LTS tips in bags 1000 µL 17001129 RC-L1200 1000 LTS tips in bags 1200 µL 17006324 RC-L2000 1000 LTS tips in bags 2000 µL 17001130 RC-L5000 1000 LTS tips in bags 5000 µL 17001133 RC-L10ML 200 LTS tips in bags 10 mL 17001119 RC-L10MLS 75 LTS tips in bags, prstrl., indiv. wrapped 10 mL 17005940 RC-L20ML 100 LTS tips in bags 20 mL 17001131 RC-L20MLS 50 LTS tips in bags, prstrl., indiv. wrapped 20 mL 17005941

Complete ordering information for Rainin LTS and traditional conical tips is available online at www.mt.com/rainin. 141 Titration The Right Titration System for Every Application Page Overview 144 – 145 Titration Excellence Line 146 – 149 Titration Automation 150 – 151 Compact Titrator G20 152 Sodium Analyzer 153 EasyPlus™ Titration 154 – 155 Karl Fischer Titration 156 – 157 LabX® Titration 2014 Software 158 – 159 Services for Titrators 160 – 163 Accessories 164 – 169

143 Overview

Titration Systems Select the Right One

Concentration determination One Click® Titration with highest precision and Excellence Line productivity.

Millions of titration analyses are Modular general titrators performed every day. Using an providing simple, efficient automatic titrator precision and reli- and secure performance ability in the research and quality for all titration analysis pur- control laboratories are significantly poses in a large variety of improved. METTLER TOLEDO offers industry segments. a wide range of titrators and accessories and assists you with a deep knowledge about the hundreds of different titration applications. Excellence Line

144 Overview

Automation EasyPlus™ One Click® Power Your Flexible and Efficient Entry Level Titrator Water Determination Titration Bench Karl Fischer Titration with LabX®

Our wide range of sample Simple and affordable Volumetric and coulometric The new LabX Titration changers and accessories entry level titrator for Karl Fischer titrators for deter- software to control and allow for complete automa- basic potentiometric and mining the water content of manage titration systems tion of sample preparation, volumetric Karl Fischer solids, liquids and gases. is open for other instru- titration, cleaning and more. applications. ments of the LabX platform. ™ EasyPlus Automation Karl Fischer Titration Software Titration ® LabX

145 Titration Excellence

One Click® Titration Simple, Efficient, Secure, Modular

One Click® titration means a milestone in solutions for simple, efficient and secure titration. The Titration Excel- lence models T50, T70, and T90 provide intuitive and easy operation, maximize efficiency in daily tasks and eliminate potential operator errors. All models combine more than 500 general titration applications with volumetric Karl Fischer titration. Titration Excellence means a two in-one instrument and offers the utmost application power with simplest operation using minimum bench space.

Simple Efficient Secure

The intuitive user guidance of Specific Shortcuts can be set Both the titrant and the sensor the brilliant color touchscreen up on the Homescreen for the are automatically detected upon makes the operation very simple. start of a manual or automated connection to the titrator and all You get familiar with the instru- task with just one keystroke. applicable data are saved on ment in a very short time by Sophisticated Plug&Play make the burette or sensor chip. These clever navigation properties, sensors, burettes, burette drives, data is directly transferred to the task buttons informing about sample changers, balances etc. titrator, where they can be saved current analyses and the unique immediately ready for use on and monitored. Plug&Play – safe user specific Homescreen. connection. Errors in the instal- and secure titration couldn’t get lation are a thing of the past. any simpler.

146 Titration Excellence

Modular

The modular platform of the Titration Excellence line guarantees that you are optimally prepared for future challenges. Your investment is protected by the possibility for a tailored upgrade of hardware and software at any time you want. Order our detailed product brochure

147 Titration Excellence

One Click® Titration Simple, Efficient, Secure, Modular

T50 T70 T90 The first level of The allrounder Highest flexibility Excellence

A ready-to-go-system capable of A titrator for general and volumet- The titrator that runs general and general and volumetric Karl F ischer ric Karl Fischer titration including volumetric Karl Fischer titration titration, for users who need a multitasking, flexible method edit- in parallel including conditional simple, rugged and easily-under- ing, upgradeability (additional method functions (“if … then” standable titrator for performing pH-sensor or conductivity board logical conditions to decide how routine analyses quickly and ef- or T90 functionality) and method the analysis shall proceed) and ficiently, available in two versions: loops for the integration of Sample Series Sequences to in- • T50 M Terminal: Manual various methods into one as well tegrate sample series of various titration stand and Terminal as Sample Series Sequences. methods into one. A titrator provid- as control unit A flexible and expandable sys- ing highest flexibility in method • T50 A Terminal: Rondolino tem which is easily adaptable development to solve complex automated titration stand and to current and future needs. analyses and automation tasks. Terminal as control unit

www.mt.com/titration

148 Titration Excellence

Comparison Table Titration Excellence Line

Features T50 T70 T90 Analysis type Acid/base, precipitation (Cl–, Br–, etc.), redox, complexometric and photometric titrations • • • pH stat, pH and ion selective and conductivity direct measurements and titration • • • Two-phase titrations • • • Volumetric Karl Fischer titration • (V20) • • One Click® Titration Shortcuts per user 12 12 12 Automation InMotion Autosampler • • • Rondolino autom. titration stand • • • Liquid Handler automated dosing and pipetting device - • • Continuous Run - • • RS interface to trigger tasks and exchange results by other instruments • • • Hot Plug&Play Plug&Play sensor recognition • • • Automatic burette recognition with titrant and titer • • • Solvent Manager • • • Burette drive • • • USB printer • • • USB Memory stick • • • USB barcode reader • • • Burette drives Max. number to dispense and titrate 1 (internal) 1 (internal) 1 (internal) +1 external +3 external +7 external Max. number to dispense only +2 external Methods and series KF standard methods • (V20) • • KF external extraction/dissolution dedicated method type – • • KF autostart: automatic start after sample addition • • • KF Stromboli oven automation – • • Learn titration for the automatic optimisation of the titration parameters used in the method • • • Max. Number of method functions per method 15 60 120 Max. Number of loops per method: combination of multiple titration in one method 1 3 6 “if…then” decisions in method – – • Express samples; can be inserted during the current series – • • Series sequences: combination of individual samples series of different methods – 10 10 Number of samples per series 200 200 200 Pre-programmed METLLER TOLEDO methods for the most important applications > 40 > 50 > 50 Max. number of methods 100 100 100 Languages Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Korean, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish • • • PC software LabX® Titration Express / Server • • • Homogenizer RS232-C and TTL-I/O • • • Control and evaluation End point titration (EP) with dynamic and continuous titrant addition • • • Equivalence point titration (EQP) with dynamic or incremental titrant addition • • • Five different curve evaluation procedures with EQP titrations: standard, asymmetric, segmented, min, max • • • Predefined formulas for the most common calculations as well as freely definable calculation formulas • • • Number of calculations per method 6 40 40 Task list Number of tasks in task list – 10 30 Number of tasks running parallel – 7 8 Online Help • • • Parallel titration – – • Expandable – to T90 – Sensor Boards pH/mV sensor or Conductivity (optional / standard) 1 2/1 3/1 Sensor inputs Potentiometric (optional / standard) 2/2 4/2 6/2 Polarized (optional / standard) 1/1 2/1 3/1 Reference (optional / standard) 1/1 2/1 3/1 PT1000 (optional / standard) 1/1 2/1 3/1 Conductivity (optional / standard) 1/0 2/0 3/0 Part No. *T50 M Terminal *T70 Terminal *T90 Terminal *T50 A Terminal

* • T50 M Terminal: 51109001 (T50 main unit including Terminal, 10 mL burette and manual titration stand kit) • T50 A Terminal: 51109002 (T50 main unit including Terminal, 10 mL burette and automated titration stand Rondolino) • T70 Terminal: 51109011 (T70 main unit including Terminal) • T90 Terminal: 51109013 (T90 main unit including Terminal)

149 Titration Automation

Complete Automation for Titration Processes

Automation is more than sample throughput. From the simple to use Rondolino to our high throughput InMotion™ Autosamplers, we have a solution for you. More than going from sample to sample, our wide range of accessories can fully automate sampling, identification, temperature controls and much more.

Automation Solutions

Need Solution Temperature Control Water Bath racks and DH100 Liquid Sampling/Pipetting InMotion Aliquot Kit, Liquid Handler and TV6 valve Reading Sample IDs Barcode reader and SmartSample™ weighing Reagent and Waste Control Solvent Manager, peristaltic and diaphragm pumps Protection CoverUp™ Lid Handling and LevelSens Cleaning PowerShower™ cleaning system and Line Rinse Connectivity LED Status Indicators on towers

Productive throughput Tailored Workflows For your samples From the simple to use 9 sample Advanced programming allows Protect your samples and/or Rondolino up to over 300 sam- for complex and thorough clean- operators with the CoverUp Lid ples with the InMotion Max 25 mL ing, rinsing, and conditioning Handling systems and control system, maximize your productiv- steps. Automatically pipette and the temperature of the entire rack ity with minimal bench space. transfer samples with the Liquid of samples with the Water Bath Stack magnetic pumps vertically Handler and TV6 sampling valve. racks. Integrate a barcode reader for further space reduction. or SmartSample RFID technology for automatic sample identification.

150 Titration Automation

Put Your Lab InMotion™ Flexible and Efficient Autosamplers

InMotion Bases Corresponding InMotion Rack Kits Base Type Part Number Number Beaker of Samples Size (mL) Part Number 50 25 30094124 27 80 30094125 Flex 30094121 18 100 30094126 15 180 30094127 11 250 30094128 182 25 30094129 69 80 30094130 Pro 30094122 34 100 30094131 23 180 30094132 303 25 30094134 113 80 30094135 Max 30094123 55 100 30094136 43 180 30094137 Flex, Max and Pro 100 mL racks 24 250 30094138

InMotion Complete Autosampler InMotion Flex Base and 100 mL Rack Kit 30094120

Temperature Control Water Bath Rack Kits Flex 18 samples, 100mL 30094139 Pro 61 samples, 80mL 30094140 Pro 29 samples, 100mL 30094141

Rondolino Automatic titration stand for 9 samples 51108500

T50A T50 with Terminal and Rondolino 51109002

G20Rondolino G20 with Rondolino 51105521

Liquid Handler Automatic dosing and pipetting device 51371500 Order our detailed product brochure

151 Compact Titrator G20

The Intelligent Helper for Simple Titrations

The Compact Titrator G20 is especially designed for basic routine applications and operation is as simple as possible.

It’s all in the push of a button Compact and simple Data storage in PC software automation

The large, color touchscreen with The automatic Rondolino titration LabX® Titration PC software the One Click® user interface is stand is simple to install and offers full titrator control, safe easy to understand and you’ll be uses minimal bench space. data base archiving, efficient able to familiarize yourself with Series of up to 9 samples are management of results with the screen in no time at all. Each processed quickly and safely. graphic monitoring and tailored user has an individual Home- Dip-rinsing after each analysis result search filters. The con screen with customized language ensures minimal carry-over and venient Windows®-based user selection and shortcut keys, after the series, the sensor is interface and the integrated on- which enable routine procedures moved to a fixed conditioning line help system enable the user to be executed with just one push beaker. to operate the G20 via LabX® in of a button. a reliable and safe manner.

www.mt.com/G20-titrator

Model Description Order Number G20 G20 and Manual titration stand 51105520 G20Rondolino G20 and Rondolino automatic titration 51105521 stand for analysis of up to 9 samples

Order our detailed product brochure

152 Sodium Analyzer

Specific Sodium Determination Simple and Accurate

If you need to measure the sodium content in your food and beverage products, the new Sodium Analyzer makes your analysis simple and fast. Reduce sample preparation using safe and cheap chemicals while specifically and exclusively measuring sodium ions.

Health risks related Simple and accurate analysis Reduce investment and to excess salt operation costs

The salt content of food products This instrument was specifically Not only does the Sodium Ana- influences the taste, but can also designed to simplify the determi- lyzer reduce initial investment adversely affect health. There is a nation of sodium in food prod- costs, it also reduces operation clear link between sodium intake ucts using the standard addition costs. Replace the silver nitrate

and high blood pressure. The technique. Simply add a sample (AgNO3) titrant normally used for World Health Organization and ionic strength adjustment chloride determination with the (WHO) has published data show- (ISA) solution and start the mea- cheaper and safer sodium stan- ing that blood pressure is the surement. That’s it! No system dards and reagents. Save opera- number one health-risk factor in calibration is necessary. Specific tor time and increase productiv- Europe and food producers are sodium analysis has never been ity with fast sample forced to declare or even reduce so quick and easy. measurements. the standardly used salt (sodium chloride) content in foods. www.mt.com/SodiumAnalyzer

Model Description Order Number Easy Na Sodium Analyzer 51105520

Order our detailed product brochure

153 EasyPlus™ Titration

EasyPlus™ Titration Simple and Affordable

The Swiss engineered EasyPlus™ Titrator from M ETTLER TOLEDO offers a complete package for your routine application. Opera- tion does not get simpler or more intuitive than this, thanks to the smartphone like iTitrate™ user interface and iTitrate™ intelligence.

Affordable Swiss technology Quick start with iTitrate™ Ready for your sample Swiss engineering and the high- operation with iTitrate™ intelligence est quality parts and materials Operation is simple with the The built-in intelligence requires make the compact and accurate App based user interface and only a few parameters to be set titrator a perfect addition to any intuitive system menu naviga- before the instrument is ready quality laboratory. tion; save training time and for titration. make daily tasks simpler and quicker.

Service and Support Simple result data Take advantage of our internet management based service and support. Connect your EasyPlus™ Titrator Videos, FAQ’s and a multitude to EasyDirect™ Titration Software of applications are just a click and improve data management. away. Be secure in the knowledge that all results are stored, organized and easily accessible.

154 Easy Pro

Easy KFV www.mt.com/easyplustitration

Features comparison table Easy pH Easy CI Easy Ox Easy Pro Easy KFV Application Acid / Base Precipitation Redox Acid / Base, Karl Fischer Precipitation, volumetric Redox Number of Titration Methods 1 1 1 3 1 Order Number 30060041 30060043 30060042 30060044 30060045 LongClick™ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Easy Start Tutorial Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Online Help Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Predefined Calculation Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Language English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, Chinese, Korean, Polish, Thai, Vietnamese, Turkish, Japanese, Arabic for more information see our ™ EasyDirect PC connectivity Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes accessories brochure and datasheets.

Performance Verification EasyPlus™ verification is made easy with our performance verification kit. Receive the prepared standard solution appropriate for your type of titration and simply run three analyses. Submit your results at the dedicated webpage with your EasyPlus™ Titration registration to receive an unbiased performance verification statement confirming your titrator’s accuracy.

155 Karl Fischer Titration

One Click® Water Determination Simple & Secure

Karl Fischer titration is the specific standard method for water content determination and gives accurate and precise results within minutes. With the volumetric and coulometric Karl Fischer titrators your operators need only to press one button to run a water determination.

V20 / V30 C20 / C30 Volumetric KF Titrators Coulometric KF Titrators

The Compact Volumetric Karl The Compact Coulometric Karl Fischer Titrators V20 and V30 Fischer Titrators C20 and C30 offer determine water from 100 ppm to particularly fast and precise titration 100% in a wide range of liquid, of samples with a low water content solid and gaseous samples. from 1 ppm to 5%.

www.mt.com/Karl-Fischer

156 Karl Fischer Titration

DO308 Stromboli Drying oven KF oven sample changer

Solvent Manager Coulometric Safe handling Generator Without Diaphragm

The manual Karl The compact Strom- Fischer drying oven boli Karl Fischer oven DO308 allows safe sample changer is fully oven applications controlled by the C30, with single samples V30, T70 or T90 Karl using manual sam- Fischer titrators and ple addition. It can enables automated wa- be operated with the ter determination of 14 The Solvent Manager For most samples coulometric C20, solid or viscous samples takes care of filling, the current generator C30, or volumetric in an unattended opera- draining and ex- without diaphragm V20, V30, T50, tion mode. The flexible change of reagents. offers more con- Order our detailed T70 and T90 Karl method editor allows It is controlled by the venience in use product brochure Fischer titrators. easy programming to titrator and full secu- since no catholyte run multiple sample or rity is guaranteed by is needed and the blank series and check the overflow protector anolyte can be ex- samples at different in the waste bottle. changed with the temperatures rang- Solvent Manager ing from 40 - 300°C. in One Click®.

Volumetric Coulometer V20 V30 C20D* C20X* C30D* C30X* One Click® Titration Shortcuts per user on user-specific 4 12 4 4 12 12 Homescreen Solvent or Reagent Control – • – – • • Hot Plug&Play Solvent Manager • • • • • • Burette recognition with titrant and titer • • – – – – USB printer • • • • • • Automation Stromboli oven sample changer – • – – • • Homogenizer – TTL – – – – User Management “Expert-Routine” user groups – • – – • • Methods and series External extraction/dissolution - • – – • • Number of samples per series 120 120 120 120 120 120 Preprogrammed METTLER TOLEDO – 11 – – 11 11 methods Bromine Index determinations – – – – • • Max. number of user methods 5 100 5 5 100 100 Languages Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Korean, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish PC software LabX® Titration Express • • • • • • LabX® Titration Server • • • • • • Part No. Ready-to-start package 51105500 51105505 51105510 51105512 51105515 51105516

* X = Generator without diaphragm D = Generator with diaphragm 157 LabX Titration

Power Your Titration Bench with LabX®

Control Your Analysis Manage Your Titrations Ensure Full from Anywhere More Efficiently Traceability

Either start your analysis at the Fully automate the selection of The Regulation option of LabX instrument or from the PC and the correct method and tran- server provides all the necessary have constant access to both scription of samples IDs with a tools to meet the FDA regula- your current sample analysis barcode or SmartSample™ RFID tion (21 CFR Part 11) for data and latest results. No matter tag. Thus, eliminate sample or- management and storage. All where you are use the mail der errors by reading the sample relevant actions taken at the functionality in LabX® to have information as you test it, as instrument or PC are recorded messages or results sent to you. well as ensuring the right meth- in the audit trail of LabX for od is selected for each product. full traceability and flexibility, no matter where you work.

www.mt.com/LabXTitration

158 Ensure Full Traceability

Modular Approach Titration Starter Packs ® with LabX LabX Titration Express LabX Titration Server Order our detailed product brochure

Titrator Instrument License Titrator Instrument License

Excellence Balance License Excellence Balance License

User Management

Auto Import / Export Included

Optional

User Management Regulation

Auto Import / Export System Integration

Instrument License Advanced Report Designer (1 additional)

Instrument License (28 additional)

159 Services for Titrators

Titration Service Solutions For Proven Accuracy

Professionally executed installation and qualification (IQ/OQ) is a prereq- uisite for achieving correct titration results. In this way, your titrator performs perfectly from the beginning. METTLER TOLEDO offers a broad range of instrument qualification and software verification solutions for titrators.

Service solutions to assure titration accuracy

Need Proposed service solution Professional installation Equipment installation according to SOPs for all titrators and associated devices Initial qualification IPac: IQ/OQ execution and documentation Comprehensive qualification EQPac: equipment qualification Training and education EduPac: certified titration training Evaluation of Measurement Uncertainty MuPac: Assessment & Evaluation service Performance Verification VPac: Verify the performance yourself

Initial qualification: Equipment qualification: Titration expertise and training: IPac EQPac EduPac METTLER TOLEDO’s trained and EQPac is the total equipment Gain expertise in titration with authorized service specialists qualification package, meeting practical hands-on workshops perform instrument installation the strictest regulatory demands described in our EduPacs, according to standardized SOPs and requirements. Comprehen- instead of studying chemistry and record all activities in the sive documentation with a pro- books. Easy understandable IPac. Installation qualification fessionally executed qualification titration training helps to get your (IQ) and operation qualification procedure, ensures conformity team up-to-speed with your new (OQ) of your titration system are and establishes complete trace- titration instrument. assured and documented. ability.

160 Qualification Product Families Product Types Order no. English EQPac Titration Excellence T50/T70/T90 51710454 Volumetric KF Titrators V20/V30 51710659 Coulometric KF Titrators C20/C30 51710656 IPac Titration Excellence T50/T70/T90 51710450 Volumetric KF Titrators V20/V30 51710651 Coulometric KF Titrators C20/C30 51710648 Compact Titrator G20 51710766 LabX Software LabX Titration 51710898 EduPac General Titrators T50/T70/T90/G20 51710883 Volumetric KF Titrators V20/V30 51710889 Coulometric KF Titrators C20/C30 51710886 MuPac Titration Compact and T50/70/90 – C20/C30 30040345 Excellence Titrators V20/V30 – G20 Vpac EasyPlus Titrators Easy pH Acid 30065502 Base 30065503 Easy Cl Chloride 30065504

Measurement Uncertainty VPac Performance Verification

Measurement uncertainty calculations per- Performance Verification is the recom- formed with GTP® MuPac. Based on a, mended workflow to confirm faultless rou- preferably, validated customer method, tine operation of the titrator and secure the GTP® MuPac yields a confidence interval of result reliability. The VPac Performance the respective titration result and a compre- Verification combines the convenience of hensive quantitative assessment of all fac- ready-made standard kits and online verifi- tors that influence your titration results. cation.

161 Services for Titrators

Essential Services To Protect Your Investment

To secure accurate and reliable results and thus protect your investment, METTLER TOLEDO recommends annual preventive maintenance combined with titrator calibration – an attractive package tailored to best meet your service requirements.

Service solutions for routine operation

Need Proposed service solution Continuously high performance Preventive maintenance combined with calibration service No break-downs Preventive maintenance including updates and technical verification Accuracy and precision Calibration documented in calibration certificates User qualification Trainings, seminars, literature and consulting services

Preventive maintenance Calibration Expertise Professionally performed periodic Calibration is essential for get- METTLER TOLEDO training pack- maintenance of your titration sys- ting accurate and reliable titra- ages for titration (EduPac bind- tem prevents from break-down tion results. Using traceable ers), online and live webinars and supports instrument perfor- calibration tools ensures that the and seminars as well as consult- mance. Preventive maintenance titrator functions according to ing services help you to build checklists are provided to sup- its operational specifications. A up, increase and maintain titra- port you in quality audits. calibration certificate provides the tion expertise in your team, also required proof for quality audits. when deploying new staff.

www.mt.com/webinar-analytical

162 Continuously dependable results are only possible if measurement risks are identified and eventually eliminated. METTLER TOLEDO’s Good Titration Practice™ supports the customer in analyzing his specific process risk with the unique GTP® Risk Check tool. In addition, GTPSecure™ provides all services necessary to achieve accurate and reliable titration.

Your benefits with GTPSecure™

Need Benefits Accurate results Service solutions as part of GTPSecure™ ensure accurate titration results. Regulatory compliance The accuracy and reliability of your titration results always complies with your quality requirements. Cost savings Preventive maintenance and calibration result in cost savings. Documentation Audit-proof and up-to-date documentation complements your quality management system.

Detailed information about titration service offering are available at: www.mt.com/GTP-Secure

163 Accessories

Accessories

Accessories for Excellence Titrators and G20

Description Part No. Dosing Unit for dispensing and titration purposes 51109030 Y-cable for simultaneous pump and stirrer connection 51109889 Electrode holder set containing: – Electrode holder, attachment screw, electrode sleeve 51109195 Manual titration stand containing: – Titration stand, attachment screw, spacing, clamping, threaded ring, titration vessel (2 pcs.), stopper set, ground joint adapter, electrode sleeve 51109190 Manual titration kit containing – Manual titration stand, compact stirrer 51109220 Auto titration kit containing: G20 with – Electrode holder set, compact stirrer 51109221 Manual Titration Manual titration stand without accessories 51109118 Kit and Diaphragm pump SD660 w/suction tube 30094165 DGi115-SC in a Suction tube with filter for SD660 30094166 glass titration Peristaltic pump SP280 30094237 beaker Novoprene tubes for SP280/SPR200 (1x1 m; 10 x120 mm) 51190969 Silicone tubes for SP280/SPR200 (5 x120 mm) 51108149 ChemSure tube for SP280/SPR200 30094297 Solvent Manager Kit 51105652

Accessories for Excellence Titrators Accessories for all Compact Titrators

Description Part No. Description Part No. Terminal (with connection cable and protective cover) 51109017 Protective cover for Touchscreen 51105567 Protective cover for terminal 11132570 External Power supply 100 – 240 VAC 51105795 Conductivity sensor board 51109840 USB cable 1.8 m A-B for PC connection 51191926 pH/mV sensor board 51109818 T70 –> T90 Upgrade set 51109960 External power supply unit 51109806 6-pol CAN cable, 20 cm 51109874 6-pol CAN cable, 60 cm 51109886 USB cable A-A, 180 cm for PC connection 51191689 OE06 Auxiliary Output Expander OE06 51108065 DH100 Heating System 110 V 51108779 DH100 Heating System 230 V 51108780 Tx Karl Fischer Kit 51105605 Liquid Handler 51371500 Handheld USB barcode reader 21901297 Dosing tube adapter 4 to 1 51108356

Excellence Titrator with sensor boards 164 Accessories

Accessories for Karl Fischer Titrators Accessories for General Titrators

Description Part No. Accessories Part No. Solvent Manager Set 51105600 Barcode reader (requires USB cable) 21901297 DM143-SC Double pin Pt sensor 51107699 USB cable to barcode reader 21901309 70 cm sensor cable for DM143-SC 51109183 LogStraight™ finger print reader 51192107 Silicone Tube 133 mm 51107480 Micropropeller stirrer rod 00655073 Silicone Tube 850 mm, Solvent Manager 51105581 Propeller stirring rod 00101229 to solvent exchange bottle Sensor holder (when not in use) 00025654 Clear glass bottle, 1L 30079610 Bottle rack for 2x 1litre bottles 51107065 Flat gasket seal for bottles 00023981 TTL-I/O TBox DR42 51107420 Molecular Sieve 3Å (250 g) 00071478 TTL interface cable 51190589 O-ring for screw caps, black, (4/pk) 51107496 RS232 Connection Cable (DB9 F/F) 51190362 Screw cap for solvent bottle 00023937 RS232 Balance Cable (DB9 M/F) 11101051 Magnetic stir bar 51191159

Drying tube with cover 00023961 LevelSens™ Silicon grease 00071300 Description Part No. LevelSens with holder, non-aqueous 51109853 LevelSens with holder, aqueous 51109854 Accessories for V20 and V30 LevelSens Box (connects up to 4 LevelSens) 51109852 includes 20 cm CAN cable Description Part No. Adapter for automatic draining of cell 51105594 O-ring for titration head 51190366 Sample Handling Accessories ST24 three hole adapter incl. ST10, ST7.5 00023982 and pin hole stoppers Stopper for three hole adapter 00025883 Description Part No. (1 set: 1 ST10, 1 ST7.5, 6 pin hole stopper) Visco-Spoon™ 51107668 Septum Stopper ST24 (10/pk) 00023950 Syringes, 1 mL (100 pcs) 00071492 Septum Stopper ST10 (10/pk) 00023949 Syringes, 10 mL (100 pcs) 00071482 Solvent delivery/drain tube with screw fitting 51107481 Needles, 80 x 0.8 mm (100 pcs) 00071484 Thermostatable titration vessel, 150 mL 51107497 Needles, 80 x 1.2 mm (12 pcs) 00071483 Titration vessel, 250 mL 51107463 Glass weigh boat for powders, 20 x 60 mm (5 pcs) 00023951 Homogenizer adapter set for IKA, 18 mm hole 51107409 Glass weigh boat for powders, 30 x 80 mm (5 pcs) 00023952 Homogenizer adapter set for IKA, 19 mm hole 30030846 Homogenizer adapter set for Kinematica/Polytron, 51107534 12 mm hole

Accessories for C20 and C30

Description Part No. Coulometric solvent exchange set 51105606 Solvent delivery/drain tube 00023936 ™ Titration vessel 51108732 Visco-Spoon for grease and Thermostatable titration vessel 51109416 wax samples Coulometric generator with diaphragm 51108751 Coulometric generator without diaphragm 51108753 Generator cable 51107830 PTFE stopper with septum disk 51108741 Septum disk (12/pk) 51108740

LevelSens used with Solvent Manager and exchange set

165 Accessories

Accessories

Accessories for InMotion™ Autosamplers

Description Part No. SmartSample RFID Kit 30094251 SmartSample 100mL sleeve w/tag, 20 pcs 30094269 SmartSample tag 100 pcs. 30094271 InMotion Aliquot kit for Pro 25 mL 30094248 InMotion COD Kit for Flex 100 mL 30094249 InMotion Karl Fischer Direct Kit for 100 mL 30094250 CoverUp Lid Handling for InMotion Flex 30094252 CoverUp Lid Handling for InMotion Pro 80 mL 30094253 Stromboli 20 mL CoverUp Lid Handling for InMotion Pro 100 mL 30094254 vials and caps CoverUp Lid Handling for InMotion Pro 180 mL 30094255 InMotion CoverUp Lids, 80mL, 10pcs 30094274 InMotion CoverUp Lids, 100mL, 10pcs 30094275 InMotion CoverUp Lids, 180mL, 10pcs 30094276 Option Board Barcode/SmartSample 30094233 Accessories for Stromboli Option Board CoverUp/Stirrer/Pump 30094234 Tower InMotion Flex (cover not included) 30094160 Description Part No. Cover InMotion Flex/Pro 2nd Tower 30094267 Gas drying unit and flow meter (needs tubes) 51108660 Tower InMotion Pro left type w/cover 30094236 Stromboli tubing set for gas drying unit 51108666 Tower InMotion Max left type w/cover 30094232 Sample vials (glass), 42/pk 51108691 Under rack magnetic stirrer 30094263 Rubber seals for vials, 42/pk 51108692 InMotion barcode reader with mount 30094235 Sealing discs for vials, 144/pk 51108693 Reversible peristaltic pump SPR200 30094285 Drying tube, curved 51108639 Titration sync cable, 5pin 30094246 Purge gas tube 51108837 Stirrer/Pump Y cable, 6 pin 30094247 PTFE stopper 51108668 InMotion dispensing tube w/tip, 135 cm 51108070 Gas inlet 51108669 InMotion dispensing tube w/tip, 3 m 30094162 Set of glass tubing 51108695 Diaphragm pump dispensing tube w/o tip 51108147 TTL-I/O connection cable 51190589 Air pump box 51108673 Carrier gas stop valve 51108688 Purge gas tube heater 51108836 Accessories for Rondolino Adapter for C30 stopper 51108761 Aluminium inserts for drift determination 51105246 Description Part No. PowerShower™ for Rondo and Rondolino 51108219 Rinse tube for Rondo/Rondolino PowerShower 30094162 Accessories for DO308 Diaphragm pump for Rondo/Rondolino 51108012

Description Part No. Sample boat (glass) 51108657 Gas drying unit and flow meter (needs tubes) 51108660 Guide rod for sample boat 51371101 Screw cap GL37 for sample tube 51191129 Stop cock 51191130 Aluminium inserts for sample boat (50/pk) 51108649 Furnace sample tube 51371206 Tube set 51108676 Gas outlet tubing 51108837 Silicon stopper ST14.5 (10/pk) 00023276 Three-hole adapter with plug stoppers, 00023982 for volumetric titrations Purge gas adapter for C20/C30 51108761 Air pump box 51108670 Drying tube with three-way tap 00105071

InMotion Pro 100 mL with CoverUp™ Lid Handling

166 Titration Sensors

Plug&Play combined pH glass electrodes with Sensor Chip Part No. DGi101-SC pH micro-electrode for small titration vessels and Rondo 30 sample changer for aqueous solutions 51109507 DGi102-Mini pH micro-electrode for small titration vessels and Rondo 30 sample changer for aqueous solutions 51109508 DGi111-SC pH glass electrode 51109500 DGi112-Pro pH glass electrode with moveable sleeve diaphragm – for critical samples 51109501 DGi113-SC pH glass electrode with moveable sleeve diaphragm – non-aqueous titrations 51109502 DGi114-SC pH glass electrode with moveable sleeve diaphragm for aqueous solutions 51109503 DGi115-SC pH glass electrode with sleeve diaphragm 51109504 Plug&Play combined metal electrodes DGi116-Solvent pH glass electrode with movable with Sensor Chip Part No. sleeve junction for non-aqueous media 51109505 DMi101-Mini semi micro platinum ring electrode DGi117-Water pH glass electrode with integrated with ceramic frit for argentometric titrations – for small temperature sensor 51109506 sample volumes and Rondo 30 sample changer 51109523 DMi102-SC semi micro silver ring electrode Classical combined pH glass electrodes Part No. with ceramic frit for argentometric titrations – for small DG111-SC pH glass electrode 00089596 sample volumes and Rondo 30 sample changer 51109533 DG113-SC pH glass electrode with moveable DMi140-SC platinum ring electrode for redox titrations 51109520 sleeve diaphragm for non-aqueous titrations 00089632 DMi141-SC silver ring electrode for argentometric DG115-SC pH glass electrode with sleeve diaphragm 00089806 titrations 51109530 DMi144-SC platinum ring electrode for redox Classical half cell electrode Part No. titrations on the Rondo 20 COD rack 51109521 DMi145-SC silver ring electrode with a movable DG300-SC Half cell pH electrode in conjuction easy-to-clean sleeve junction for argentometric with reference electrode DX200 51109286 titrations - dirty or viscous samples 51109531

DMi147-SC platinum ring electrode for redox Classical reference electrodes for pH/ISE/Tenside titrations without changing pH value – pH glass as half cell electrode senores Part No. reference element without ceramic junction 51109522 DX200 glass reference electrode 51089935 DMi148-SC silver ring electrode for argentometric DX202-SC plastic reference electrode 51109295 titrations without changing pH-value – pH glass as reference element without ceramic junction 51109532

Classical metal electrodes Part No. DM140-SC combined platinum ring electrode for redox titrations 00089598 DM141-SC combined silver ring electrode for argentometric titrations 00089599 DM143-SC double-pin platinum electrode 51107699

DM405-SC combined Ag2S-sulfidized silver billet electrode with annular ceramic junction for argentometric titrations 51109291

Photometric sensors Part No. Phototrode DP5 with 5 selectable wave lengths 520nm, 555nm, 590nm 620nm, 660nm includes LEMO connection cable 51109300

Temperature probes Part No. DT1000 – PT 1000 51109828 DT1000 adapter for Rondolino and Rondo 51108032

Surfactant electrodes Part No. DS500 for aqueous surfactant titrations 51107670 DS800-TwoPhase for two-phase surfactant titrations 51109540

Titration conductivity sensors Part No. InLab717 glass 4 pole cell, 10µS/cm...500mS/cm, for conductivity titrations 51302401 InLab718 glass 2 pole cell, 0.1…200µS/cm, for low-conductivity titrations 51340266

DP5 Phototrode™ set at different wavelengths 167 Accessories

Accessories

Sensor Cables and Parts

Sensor cables Part No. SC-LEMO 60 cm cable for Plug&Play and classical sensors 00089601 SC-LEMO 100 cm cable for Plug&Play and classical sensors 00089602 SC-LEMO 160 cm cable for Plug&Play and classical sensors 51108034 SC-LEMO 250 cm cable for Plug&Play and classical sensors 30094211 SC-LEMO 70 cm cable for amperometric/voltam- metric titrations and for DM143-SC 51109183 SC-LEMO 100 cm cable for amperometric/voltam- metric titrations and for DM143-SC 51109184 DV1020 SC-LEMO 160 cm cable for amperometric/voltam- 20 mL burette metric titrations and for DM143-SC 51109185 Cable MultiPin™ – Lemo/Pt1000 70 cm for DG117-Water/DGi117-Water 51109544 Cable MultiPin™ – Lemo/Pt1000 100 cm for DG117-Water/DGi117-Water 51109545 Burettes Y-Cable (connection of the DP5 to the power supply and the titrator) 51109905 DV1000 burettes Part No. 1 mL burette DV1001 with RFID chip Spare parts for sensors Part No. for Plug&Play installation 51107503 Adapter, DIN to LEMO 00089600 5 mL burette DV1005 with RFID chip DS500 membrane kit 51107669 for Plug&Play installation 51107500 DS800-Two Phase Emulsifier 51109453 10 mL burette DV1010 with RFID chip for Plug&Play installation 51107501 Sensor sleeve adapter 52001220 20 mL burette DV1020 with RFID chip for Plug&Play installation 51107502 Burette housing with RFID chip 51109117

Printers Accessories for burettes Part No. Centering ring 5 mL 51107519 Centering ring 10 mL 51107520 Description Part No. Centering ring 20 mL 51107521 USB-P25 alphanumeric printer USB-P25 Glass cylinder 1mL 51107533 for V20/V30/C20/C30/G20/T50/T70/T90 (V3.X) Glass cylinder 5 mL 51107100 Cable USB-P25 to Excellence and Compact Titrators 51191926 Glass cylinder 10 mL 51107101 Paper roll for USB-P25 / RS-P26 (Set of 2) 12120799 Glass cylinder 20 mL 51107102 Paper roll, adhesive backed 11600388 Piston 1mL 51107535 OKI B401d USB-Commercial printer (cables not included) EU version 51191608 Piston 5 mL 51107115 Piston 10 mL 51107116 Piston 20 mL 51107117 Locking screw 51107518 Stopcock/Ceramic valve disk for reagents with 51107525 Bottle Top Adapters tendency for crystallisation Stopcock/PTFE valve (standard) 51107537 Description Part No. Amber glass bottle, 1L 00071296 Diameter 40.5 mm; slope 3.5 mm (Germany/Merck) 00023774 Burette holder 00023645 Diameter 37.5 mm; slope 5 mm (USA) 00023787 Connection tubing 51107129 Diameter 28.5 mm (China) 30060026 Dispensing tube with siphon tip (70 cm) 00025687 Diameter 34 mm (India) 30060024 Dispensing tube with siphon tip (100 cm) 00025961 Suction tube (83 cm) 00025688 Suction tube (3 m) 30094262 Drying tube with cover 00023961 Drying tube holder 00023915 Anti-diffusion tips (5/pk) 00023240

168 EasyPlus™ Titrator and Sodium Analyzer

Description Part No. EasyPlus burette 10mL 30043900 EasyPlus burette 20mL 30043901 EasyPlus burette 50mL 30043902 EasyPlus tubing set instrument 30065464 EasyStir GT 30065467 EasyStir KF 30065468 Titration Beakers EasyPlus titration head GT 30041102 Insert set titration head GT 30057635 Description Part No. EasyPlus titration head KF 30041103 Polypropylene beakers, 100mL, 120/pk 51109388 Insert set titration head KF 30057636 Polypropylene beakers, 100mL, 480/pk 51109389 KF vessel set 30065471 Polypropylene beakers, 100mL, 1400/pk 00101974 EasyPlus drying tube 30044701 Polypropylene beakers, 250mL, 500/pk 00023829 Weighing boat and stopper set 30065466 Polypropylene beakers, red, 100mL, 1400/pk 00025777 Desktop power supply 51105798 Two-phase beaker for surfactant titrations 51107655 Burette cover set 30057633 Covers for 100 mL beakers, 16/pk 00101448 Valve 30042860 Glass beakers, 100 mL, 20/pk 00101446 Bottle head 30060023 Polypropylene beakers 80 mL, set of 30 51108030 EasyPump 30064218 Polypropylene beakers 80 mL, set of 1352 51109382 EasyPlus tubing set EasyPump 30065465 Polypropylene, 180 mL 500/pk 30094245 EasyDirect software, 3 Titrators per PC Installation 30065449 Glass beakers, 250mL, 10/pk (Not for ST20) 00023515 Glass beaker, for sample vol. 10–20mL 00023516 Glass Aliquot Beaker, 20 mL 51108314 Glass Aliquot Beaker, 100 mL 51108161 Sensors for EasyPlus™ Titrator Thermostatable Glass, 100 mL 00023517

Description Part No. EG11-BNC: pH aqueous 30043103 EG13-BNC: pH non-aqueous 30043104 EM40-BNC: Redox mV 30043106 EM43-BNC: KF/Redox Ipol 30043105 EM45-BNC: Silver/Precipitation 30043107

Accessories for Sodium Analyzer

Description Part No. DX222-Na for Sodium Analyzer 30079616 DX205-SC (ISE reference) 30066675 Sodium Analyzer head Na 30079612 Insert set Sodium Analyzer head Na 30079618 Electrolyte 0.5M DIPA-HCL-ISA, 25mL 30064081 Electrolyte 0.5M DIPA-HCL-ISA, 250mL 30066674 Multiparameter Accessories

Description Part No. TV6, 2 way-6 port valve 30026544 Adapter M8x1.5 M / M8x1 F (SPx Pump) 30094295 Titration to DM/RM tube 51337240 Connection cable, DM/RM to titrator 51105856 Visit www.mt.com/titration-multiparameter for more information about all of our multiparameter solutions.

169 Density and Refractive Index Perfect Solutions for Quality Control of Liquids 170 Page Overview 172 – 173 LiquiPhysics Instruments and Modules 174 – 175 LiquiPhysics Automation 176 – 177 LiquiPhysics Accessories 178 – 179 Compact Instruments 180 – 181 Good Practices 182 – 183

Density and Refractive Index Perfect Solutions for Quality Control of Liquids 171 Overview

Density- and Refractometers Reliable Results and Unsurpassed Reproducibility

One Click® operation Meters and One click on the selected product or mea- Cell Modules surement method starts the measurement Compact Size of density, refractive index or related val- Great Specs ues. The built-in temperature control brings the sample to the required temperature, the measurement is done automatically and the result displayed on the touch screen. Unlike older methods like pycnom- eter, aerometers and Abbe refractometers, the results are operator independant, thus highly reliable and reproducible.

Simplified quality control For quality control, target value and limits can be defined for each product. The measurement result is then displayed in red if it is out of limits.

Multiparameter measurement The modular concept allows to upgrade any single instrument to a complete multiparameter system measuring density, refractive index (or related values), pH (or conductivity), acidity and color. Cell Modules Cell Density Meters Refractometers

172 Overview

Automation Valuable Options Basic Solutions GDRP Less work Tailor Made Quick Measurements Reliable Results More accuracy Performance Accessories Good Practices Practices Good automation units automation Sampling pumps and Compact Instruments

173 LiquiPhysics Instruments and Modules

Density- and Refractometers Compact Size. Great Specs.

Density Refractive Index Cell Modules Compact Versatile Combined

DM Density Meters RM Refractometers DX and RX Cell Modules DM density meters determine the Brix, refractive index or concen- Density and refractive index density and/or specific gravity of trations of thin, highly volatile, are frequently determined in liquids quickly and accurately. dark or viscous liquids? The RM the same lab and, increasingly The results are automatically refractometers master the quality frequently, simultaneously. The converted into one or several control of a wide variety of chal- upgrade of a DM density meter pre- or user-defined units such lenging samples from routine or an RM refractometer with a as Brix, API degrees or alcohol Brix measurements at 20°C DX density cell module or an RX concentrations etc. to refractive index determina- refractive index cell module is Automatic error detection, entire tions of bitumen at 100°C. The the most cost- and space-saving temperature range adjustments measurements process can be solution in such cases making it and built-in algorithms shorten completely automated with the the perfect combination for any measurement times required added advantage of no more lab demanding fast and accurate by up to 75% – DM and DX are manual cleaning, no more con- results. doubtlessly the state-of-the- tact with dangerous solvents and art pinnacle for digital density greater result reliability. measurement.

www.density.com www.refractometry.com

174 LiquiPhysics Instruments and Modules

The DeltaRange™ density measuring cells are tailor made solutions

for applications such as alcohol content determinations or the Please order our brochure quality control of organic solvents. They offer five place accuracy LiquiPhysics Excellence in the range required for such measurements at a significantly lower price than full range five decimal place cells. www.mt.com/LiquiPhysics

Density Meter DM40 DM45 DeltaRange DM50 Technical Density Cell DX40 DX45 DeltaRange DX50 specifications Measuring range [g/cm3] 0–3 0–3 0–3 Repeatability (S.D. n=10) [g/cm3] 0.00005 0.000005 0.000005 Brix [% w/w] 0.03 0.015 0.003 ethanol [% v/v] 0.1 0.01 0.01 Limit of error [g/cm3] 0.0001 0.000021) 0.000022) 0.00005 0.000033) Brix [% w/w] 0.03 0.02 0.006 ethanol [% v/v] 0.1 0.02 0.02 Temperature range [°C] 0–91 0–91 0–91 Limit of error [°C] 0.05 (10–30 °C) 0.02 (15–20 °C) 0.02 (10–30 °C) 0.10 (0–91 °C) 0.05 (0–91 °C) 0.05 (0–91 °C) 1) in the range 0.70000…1.00000 g/cm3 / 15.00…20.00 °C 2) in the range 0.00000…1.00000 g/cm3 3) in the range of 1.00000…2.00000 g/cm3

Refractometer RM40 RM50 Refractive Index Cell RX40 RX50 Measuring range [nD] 1.32–1.70 1.32–1.58 Repeatability (S.D. n=10) [nD] 0.00005 0.00001 Brix [% w/w] 0.05 0.01 Limit of error [nD] 0.0001 0.000023) 0.000044) Brix [% w/w] 0.1 0.014 Temperature range [°C] 5–100 5–75 Limit of error [°C] 0.1 (5–100 °C) 0.03 (15–50 °C) 0.05 (5–75 °C) 3) around adjustment points 4) entire range 175 LiquiPhysics Automation

Automation Highly Reliable with Minimal Effort

Flexible automation solutions improve the quality of your measurement and increase the troughput in your workflow

FillPal InMotion SC30 The Robust Approach High Troughput Maximum Performance

The FillPal sampling pumps sim- The InMotion sample changer is The SC30 is a sample changer plify the measurement of low vis- the perfect solution for the bever- with 30 positions. It can not only cous samples. These pumps can age industry or for other kindred automate the sampling, mea- be used for all DM density meters low viscous samples where surement, rinsing and drying of and RM refractometers and are oversampling is sufficient (same sample series but, equipped with suitable for all applications where as FillPal). Different beaker sizes a ScanStraight option, it is even the samples to be measured are of and up to 303 sample positions capable of scanning barcode a similar nature and no intermedi- offer flexibility for any application. stickers on the sample vials auto- ate complete rinsing and drying Optional stirrer and pH measure- matically. of the measuring cell is required. ment for fruit juices and automatic FillPal is available in two versions: degassing of carbonated bever- FillPal Food for water based ages ensure efficient workflows. products and FillPal Chem for aggressive samples including most acids, bases and organic solvents.

176 LiquiPhysics Automation

Heated Versions For viscous samples

The SC automation units are available as heated versions suitable for performing density measurements of samples which are highly viscous or even solid at ambient temperature such as paraffins, bitumen, heavy crude oils, edible fats, etc. The SC1H and the SC30H can Detailed technical specifi- handle samples with a melting point of up to 60 °C. cations you find in the dedicated brochure

Technical specifications

FillPal Food FillPal Chem InMotion SC1 SC1H SC30 SC30H Number of samples 1 1 10 - 303 1 1 30 30 Sample vials any type any type 25 - 250 mL 6, 9 and 20 mL 6, 9 and 20 mL 6, 9 and 20 mL 6, 9 and 20 mL Sample characteristics max viscosity 1'000 mPas 1'000 mPas 1'000 mPas 30'000 mPas 30'000 mPas 30'000 mPas 30'000 mPas organic solvents acetone, ethanol yes acetone, ethanol yes yes yes yes acids no yes (most) yes 3) yes 1) yes 1) yes 1) yes 1) bases yes yes yes 3) yes yes yes yes Sampling suction suction suction overpressure overpressure overpressure overpressure Rinsing manual manual semi automatic automatic automatic automatic automatic Drying DryPal required DryPal required DryPal required automatic automatic automatic automatic Sample recovery no no no yes yes yes yes Temperature ambient ambient ambient ambient max. 80 °C 2) ambient max. 80 °C 2) 1) For concentrated reducing acids only with Hastelloy needle 2) Samples with a melting point of up to 60 °C can be handled (paraffin, edible fats, cosmetics etc.) 3) with optional resistant tubing

177 LiquiPhysics Accessories

Valuable Options Custom Tailored Performance

Multi-parameter Measurements Density, refractive index (or Enhanced Productivity related values), pH (or conductivity), acidity and color can be measured and analyzed in one go.

Advanced Barcode Plug and Play LabX Laboratory Features Benefits Software Convenient Sample Features Tailored To Make the Most of Data Input Your Needs LiquiPhysics

LiquiPhysics Excellence is not LiquiPhysics systems can LabX is a new concept for only able to read barcodes; it easily be upgraded to fulfill laboratory software (see can also accurately interpret specific requirements. The pages 16–19). In addition their information. With Smart LogStraight finger print reader to data aquisition, analysis Codes containing information greatly simplifies the log-in and archiving, LabX offers about the type of product to procedure at the instrument SOP user guidance, manages be measured, the operator with no user names or pass- products, methods, users simply scans in the barcodes words to enter. With ErogSens, and instruments. It connects to start the measurements. there is no need to touch the density meters, refractometers, No additional button to click. instrument to start the meas- melting point instruments and urements. AtmoSens ensures balances. Connection to ERP LiquiPhysics Excellence is highly accurate 5 place den- or SAP allows full integration even capable of scanning sity adjustments. LevelSens in the company IT world. barcodes automatically. guarantees greater safety The SC30 sample changers when working with automa- can be easily equipped with tion units and makes sure ScanStraight, a built-in bar- that the waste container never code reader. becomes overfilled.

178 Auxiliary instruments Third-party devices can be integrated easily into our LiquiPhysics systems, e.g. spectrophotometer for color measurement, even without PC. www.mt.com/liquiphysics-multiparameter

Accessories Printer USB-P25 dot matrix printer 11124301 Ordering Information Barcode scanner Hand scanner USB for 1D barcodes 21901297 ScanStraight Automatic scanner for SC30 sample changer for 1D and 2D barcodes 51337184 Complete connecting sets for additional parameters (without auxiliary instruments) pH connecting set for SevenEasy™ / SevenCompact™ pH meter 51337023 Conductivity connecting set for SevenEasy™ / SevenCompact™ conductivity meter 51337022 Color connecting set for Lovibond PFX and PFXi 8XX and 9XX colorimeters from Tintometer 51337021 Color connecting set for Minolta CM5 and CR5 colorimeters from Konica Minolta 30025477 Sensors AtmoSens barometric USB pressure sensor 51337020 LevelSens level sensor. Safely prevents waste container overfilling 51337026 LogStraight fingerprint scanner for biometric user management 51192107 ErgoSens infrared sensor for hands-free operation 11132601 Top parts for RM refractometers and RX refractive index measuring cells Flow cell for automatic refractive index measurements (FillPal, SC1 or SC30). 51337024 Press to measure semi-solid products, such as fruit pulp 51337155 LabX Laboratory software LabX Express Edition for stand alone systems 11153130 LabX Server Edition for client server installations 11153131

179 Compact Instruments

Basic Solutions For any Environment

DA-100M Densito and Refracto Refracto 30GS Thermostat Included Best On-site Gold and Saphire Performance

The DA-100M density meter is Densito 30PX, Refracto 30PX The Refracto 30GS Refractometer a compact three-decimal place and Refracto 30GS offer all the features a very wide measuring density meter. It is equipped with features required for successful range and a quick temperature a solid state thermostat and an on-site density and refractive response thanks to its special air pump to dry the measuring index measurements including: measuring cell equipped with cell. The optional ASU-100 sam- Automatic temperature compen- a gold plated stage ring and a pling pump greatly simplifies sation, direct display of the result prism made of artificial sapphire. density determinations of low in the desired unit, built-in clock viscous samples. for full GLP compliance and data output via infrared interface. Densito and Refracto come with practical carrying cases which contain everything necessary to carry out measurements.

180 Please refer to the dedicated brochures for more information about Densito and Refracto or visit

www.mt.com/Densito www.mt.com/Refracto

Measuring range Accuracy Temperature range Part. No. Technical DA-100M 0 – 2 g/cm3 0.001 g/cm3 15 – 40 °C 51320001 Density meter (solid state thermostat) specifications Densito 30PX 0 – 2 g/cm3 0.001 g/cm3 ambient (5–35°C) 51324450 Refracto 30PX 1.32 – 1.50 (nD) 0.0005 (nD) ambient (10–40 °C) 51324650 0 – 85% Brix 0.2% Brix Refracto 30GS 1.32 – 1.65 (nD) 0.0005 (nD) ambient (10–40 °C) 51324660 0 – 100% Brix 0.2% Brix

Accessories ASU-100 sampling pump for DA-100M ASU-100 Infrared adapter for data transmission (Densito and Refracto) 51325006 Adapter for external syringe (Densito) 51324402 Cleaning tissues (set of 10) for Densito 30PX and Refracto 30PX/GS 51325003 Protective cover for Densito 30PX 51324430 Density water standards (for DA-100M and Densito 30PX) 51325005

181 Good Practices

Better Accuracy and Reliability Reduce Risks. Increase Efficiency.

It is not the accuracy of the instrument which is important but the accuracy of the workflow.

Improve the accuracy of your density and refractive index measurement by understanding your workflow, identifying the risks and using good density and refractive index practices.

GDRP™ 5 Steps to Excellence Good Density and Refractometry Practice is a 5 step program to improve your Lab process. It covers the entire lifecycle of your investment and helps to improve quality while reducing risks and costs.

Step 1 Understanding current needs, Risk Check Evaluation and future requirements Risk-free measurement of density and refractive index

Step 2 Selection of the best suitable Selection analytical system

Step 3 Correct installation to guarantee Installation the best working conditions

Step 4 Qualification of the process and Qualification professional training Take 5 minutes with our web based risk checker to identify areas of risk which affect your process and estimate the reliability Step 5 Tailored services for regular care of your density or refractive index Routine Operation and maintenance. Trainings and measurement. seminars.

www.mt.com/GDRP www.mt.com/GDRP-riskcheck

182 Traceable Standards Improved Data Security

The combined liquid standard reference materials from M ETTLER TOLEDO facilitate reliable performance verification. They are certified for both density value and refractive index at three different temperatures (15, 20 and 25 °C). Combined measuring systems can be verified in one step. All the information contained in the certificates is coded in a barcode with no need to input data manually when performing a system performance test or calibration.

Standard Reference Material Density [g/cm3] Refractive Index Part no. at 20 °C 1) at 20 °C 2) Water 0.998.. 1.333.. 51338010 Dodecane 0.749.. 1.422.. 51338012 2,4-dichlorotoluene 1.250.. 1.546.. 51338013 1-bromonapthalene 1.481.. 1.658.. 51338014 1) Uncertainty: 0.00003 g/cm3 Typical values: May change from batch to 2) Uncertainty: 0.00002 batch without prior notice

Qualification Services For Regulatory Compliance

Professionally executed installation and qualification (IQ/OQ) including documentation is offered by METTLER TOLEDO for LiquiPhysics™ Excellence instruments.

Service Product Families Product Types Order no. DM40/DM45/DM50 LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Density Meters 51710863 IPac DX40/DX45/DX50 Initial Qualification RM40/RM50 Package LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Refractometers 51710873 RX40/RX50 DM40/DM45/DM50 LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Density Meters 51710870 EQPac DX40/DX45/DX50 Equipment Qualification RM40/RM50 Package LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Refractometers 51710873 RX40/RX50 DM40/DM45/DM50 LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Density Meters 30047139 EduPac DX40/DX45/DX50 Education RM40/RM50 Package LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Refractometers 30047152 RX40/RX50 LabX Validation LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Density Meters DM40/DM45/DM50 Manual I generic and Refractometers RM40/RM50 LabX Validation LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Density Meters and DM40/DM45/DM50 Manual II specific Refractometers RM40/RM50 183 pH Meters

Quick and Reliable pH Measurements – For Results at Your Fingertips pH Meters & Electrodes

184 Page Overview 186 – 187 SevenExcellence™ 188 – 191 SevenCompact™ 192 – 193 SevenGo™ and SevenGo Duo™ 194 – 197 FiveEasy™ and FiveGo™ 198 – 199 InLab® Sensors and Solutions 200 – 205 Good Electrochemistry Practice 206 – 207 pH Meters & Electrodes

185 Overview

Quick and Reliable Measurements For Results at Your Fingertips

Over 65 years of sensor innovation combined with cleverly designed instruments have resulted in a product range of unparalleled quality and flexibility. Whatever you need to measure, be it pH, ORP, ion concentration, conductivity or dissolved oxygen, METTLER TOLEDO with its long-term experience provides you with the electrochemical equipment you need.

Our focus lies on simple, intuitive operation and ergonomic design. The comprehensive product portfolio covers the most varied electrochemical applications in all sectors. We offer solutions both for complex applications subject to regulatory control as well as for simple routine measurements.

Select the Right Equipment for pH, ORP, Ion, Conductivity or Dissolved Oxygen Measurement Entry Level

186 Overview

Premium bench-top Premium portable Entry-level meter Sensors and solutions series Seven series SevenGo™ series Five

Seven is your flexible, reliable These hand-held meters pro- Five is the clever introduction These sensors combine inno- and easy to use lab tool. The vide optimum convenience to pH, conductivity or oxygen vative technologies and glass- heart of a Seven laboratory in- and high performance during – ideal for those who have a blowing tradition for fast pH, strument is precision measur- mobile work, on the factory limited budget but still require ORP, ion-selective, conductiv- ing technology. floor or out in the field. a reliable meter. ity and DO analysis.

™ ™ ™ ™ and FiveGo and ™ SevenExcellence and SevenGo Duo SevenGo and and SevenCompact ™ FiveEasy Sensors Solutions and ® InLab SevenGo

187 SevenExcellence

SevenExcellence™ The Best Workflow Supporter You Will Ever Meet

SevenExcellence stands for convenient, easy-to-understand operation combined with high measurement accuracy and outstanding flexibility. The operation of the instrument with its capacitive touchscreen and large 7 inch display is truly intuitive, reinforced by the availability of menus in 10 languages. The instrument can effectively cope with complex applications and stringent requirements in regulated markets, but it also provides added value for routine measurement tasks in the laboratory.

Efficient processes Solid compliance Sustainable value

SevenExcellence™ has been SevenExcellence comes with SevenExcellence offers flexibil- designed with the objective of security functions that support ity on all levels, ranging from optimizing the workflow and your workflow during all phases the number of measurement making work in the laboratory of calibration, measurement parameters to the choice of a more efficient. Just one click data collection and archiving vast collection of peripheral is needed to start a sample or processes. Its ingenious pack- devices. The instrument's in- a series of measurements or age makes the instrument suit- terfaces allow you to connect an analysis series with an op- able for routine tasks as well peripherals simultaneously, sup- tional autosampler. Once setup, as professional measurements porting your workflow in the best data archiving is a standard under stringent GLP conditions. possible way. procedure that will take place automatically following each analysis.

188 Unmatched performance for various parameters • pH/ISFET • Conductivity • Ion concentration • Dissolved oxygen/BOD • Oxidation-reduction potential

For more information www.mt.com/SevenExcellence

189 SevenExcellence

Versatile and Manifold Flexibility in all Respect

SevenExcellence™ offers flexibility on all levels, ranging from the number of measurement parameters to the choice of a vast collection of peripheral devices. The instrument's interfaces allow you to connect peripherals simultaneously, supporting your workflow in the best possible way.

Seven good reasons for SevenExcellence: • Convenient touch screen operation – easy to learn, quick to work with • Menu guidance in 10 languages – user-friendly operation • Large, well arranged color display – information identifiable at a glance • Modularly expandable at any time – high flexibility • Many peripheral options – highly efficient • Intelligent sensors – peace of mind, eliminating mistakes • Comprehensive service offering, incl. EQPac – high uptime and compliance

Connectivity and Professional user Radio controlled clock peripherals management

SevenExcellence has USB, SevenExcellence has an inge- When enabling the radio-con- Ethernet and RS232 interfaces, nious user management with trolled-clock you have absolute allowing the connection of a four levels from operator to ad- certainty that the displayed date barcode reader, Rondolino sam- ministrator, each with progres- and time is correct. When the ple changer, USB stick, network sively more rights. This allows radioclock is used the result and METTLER TOLEDO printers the assignment of rights to a in the memory and printout is and a PC with LabX® direct soft- user that match his experience marked accordingly. In case the ware. and authorization level. The risk signal strength deteriorates the of unintentional or unauthorized instrument then notifies you. changes of settings and deletion of results is eliminated!

190 SevenExcellence

Model Channel Parameter Measuring range Resolution & accuracy InLab® sensor Part No S400-Basic 1 pH –2.000 … 20.000 pH; 0.001/0.01/0.1; ± 0.002 none 30046240 S400-Kit mV –2000.0 … 2000.0 mV 0.1/1; ± 0.1 Expert Pro-ISM 30046241 ISFET pH 0.000 … 14.000 pH 0.001/0.01/0.1; ± 0.05 S400-Bio Temp. –30.0 … 130.0 °C 0.1; ± 0.1 Routine Pro-ISM 30046242 S400-ISFET 490 30046243 S400-Micro Ultra-Micro 30092982 S400-uMix Routine Pro-ISM and 30092983 uMix stirrer S700-Basic Conductivity 0.001 μS/cm … 2000 mS/cm 0.001 … 1; ± 0.5% none 30046244 S700-Kit Temp. –30.0 … 130.0 °C 0.1; ± 0.1 731-ISM 30046245 S700-Trace Trace incl. flow cell 30046246 S500-Basic pH –2.000 … 20.000 pH; 0.001/0.01/0.1; ± 0.002 none 30046248 S500-Kit mV –2000.0 … 2000.0 mV 0.1/1; ± 0.1 Expert Pro-ISM 30046249 Ion conentration 0 … 999 999 mg/L, ppm 0.001 … 1; ± 0.5% S500-Bio Temp. –30.0 … 130.0 °C 0.1; ± 0.1 Routine Pro-ISM 30046250 S500-F PerfectION Fluoride 30046251 S900-Basic Dissolved Oxygen 0.000 … 50 mg/L, ppm 0.001 none 30092984 S900-Kit ± 0.1 mg/L from 0 … 8 OptiOx 30092986 ± 0.2 mg/L from 8 … 20 S900-BOD ± 10% from 20 … 50 OptiOx 30092987 Temp. –30.0 … 130.0 °C 0.1; ± 0.1 S600-Kit Dissolved Oxygen 0.000 … 99 mg/L, ppm 0.001; ± 0.5% 605-ISM 30092985 Temp. 0.1; ± 0.1 S470-Basic 2 pH see S400 and S700 see S400 and S700 none 30046252 S470-Kit mV Expert Pro-ISM 30046253 ISFET pH 731-ISM Conductivity S470-USP/EP Temp. Pure Pro-ISM 30046254 741-ISM

S475-Basic 3 See S470 and see S400, S700 and S500 see S400, S700 and S500 none 30046255 S500 S479-Kit See S470 and See S470 and S900 See S470 and S900 Expert Pro-ISM 30092988 S900 731-ISM OptiOx S975-uMix see S900, S700 see S900, S700 and S500 see S900, S700 and S500 Expert Pro-ISM 30092989 and S500 731-ISM, OptiOx and uMix stirrer

Basic versions include: Meter, the specified expansion units, uPlace electrode holder, semi-transparent cover, operating instructions, installation and quick guide, LabX® direct pH PC software, declaration of conformity and test certificate. Electrode is NOT included.

Kit versions include: As above plus appropriate electrode, buffer sachets and guides.

General accessories for SevenExcellence™ Description Part No pH/mV expansion unit 30034472 Conductivity expansion unit 30034473 pH/Ion expansion unit 30034471 DO/BOD expansion unit 30034474 uMix™ magnetic stirrer 30040000 uPlace™: Electrode holder (included in standard delivery) 30019823 US-P25 printer (with USB cable) 11124301 LogStraight™ fingerprint reader 51192107 Barcode reader body 21901297 USB cable for barcode reader (not included in with barcode reader body) 21901309 Rondolino sample changer, complete for SevenExcellence 51302888 USB A-B cable for LabX direct pH PC software (not included with LabX direct pH PC software) 51191926

For more information www.mt.com/SevenExcellence

191 SevenCompact™

SevenCompact™ Universal and Reliable Instruments

The SevenCompact™ series combines precise electrochemical measurement technologies with flexibility, innovative design and ease-of-use. It can be universally employed and continues the tradition of the Seven series from METTLER TOLEDO.

Large customizable color uFocus™ on the essentials uPlace™ the sensor perfectly display The instrument gives you the The uPlace™ electrode arm The 4.3 inch high-resolution choice! In the normal screen can be operated with one hand, color display has large digits and layout, all available information moving straight up and down well arranged icons making rele- is visible. By switching to the bringing the electrode into the vant information identifiable at a uFocus™ view you will not be position where it works best for glance. The color and contrast distracted by information of less your sample. can be adapted to your prefer- importance. ences and light conditions.

Total Flexibility with Intelligent Sensor Management Data Processing for highest security Upon endpointing SevenCom- Upon connection of an ISM sensor, the pact™ allows multiple archiving sensor’s ID is automatically identified. options: the data can be stored, The most recent sensor calibration data printed or transferred to LabX is transferred to the meter and is used for direct. Any combination of these subsequent measurements. three options is possible giving you total flexibility.

192 SevenCompact™

See SevenCompact in action www.mt.com/sevencompact SevenCompact™ S230-Kit

Model Parameters Measuring range Resolution & accuracy InLab® sensor Part No S220-Basic (Instrument) pH/mV*/Redox/Ion –2.000…20.000 pH pH: 0.001/0.01/0.1; ± 0.002 none 30019028 S220-Kit concentration**/°C*** –2000.0…2000.0 mV mV: 0.1/1; ± 0.2 Expert Pro-ISM 30019029 1.00E–9…9.99E+9 Ions: last signifi.digit; ± 0.5% S220-uMix Expert Pro-ISM 30096986 –30.0…130.0 °C °C: 0.1; ± 0.1 S220-Bio Routine Pro-ISM 30019031 S220-Micro Ultra-Micro 30096985 S220-U Versatile Pro 30019032 S230-Basic (Instrument) Cond./TDS/Salinity/Resistivity/°C 0.001 µS/cm…1000 mS/cm 0.001…1; ± 0.5% none 30019033 S230-Kit –30.0…130.0 °C 0.1 °C; ± 0.1 °C 731-ISM 30019034 S230-USP/EP 741-ISM 30019035 * Instrument can also measure rel. mV ** Ion concentration supports units mmol/L, mol/L, ppm, mg/L, % and pX *** Temperature display choice between °C and °F. ATC temperature range is –5.0… 130.0 °C

SevenCompact™ General accessories for SevenCompact™ Seven good reasons for SevenCompact™ Description Part No ™ • Top sensors uPlace : Electrode holder (included in standard delivery) 30019823 fast and accurate measurements uMix™ magnetic stirrer 30040000 • Menu guidance in 12 languages Protective cover (included in standard delivery) 30019824 user-friendly operation RS-P25 printer (with RS232 cable) 11124300 • Clear, well arranged color display quick to learn Barcode reader body 21901297 • Many printing and data storage options USB cable for barcode reader (not included with barcode reader body) 21901309 GLP compliant LabX direct PC software 51302876 • Professional peripheral options highly efficient USB A-B cable 1.8m for LabX direct PC software (not included with LabX direct PC software) 51191926 • Intelligent sensors Guide to pH measurement (included in kit versions) 51300058 peace of mind Guide to conductivity measurement (included in kit versions) 30099121 • Full fledged service offering high uptime and compliance

Non kit versions include: Meter, electrode arm, in-use cover, calibration certificate, declaration of conformity; Electrode is NOT included

Kit versions include: As above plus appropriate electrode, buffer sachets and guides

193 SevenGo™ and SevenGo Duo™

SevenGo™ and SevenGo Duo™ For Results at Your Fingertips

All of the products in the SevenGo™ family from METTLER TOLEDO are characterized by user-friendliness and excellent ergonomics. The instruments are suited for mobile measurements both in the field and in the production environment.

SevenGo™ SevenGo Duo™

SevenGo™ – For quick and reliable measurements SevenGo Duo™ – Dual-channel measurements Routine single-channel instruments for the mea- with ISM® surement of pH/mV or conductivity. Including data Routine dual-channel instruments for the parallel storage for 30 GLP records the SevenGo instru- measurement of pH/mV and conductivity. Reliable in ments offer an excellent price/performance ratio. operation thanks to Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®) and a data storage for 99 GLP data records. SevenGo pro™ – For precise measurements Professional single-channel instruments for the SevenGo Duo pro™ – Unlimited measurement measurement of pH/mV/ions, conductivity or dis- possibilities with ISM® solved oxygen. Easy data handling thanks to data Dual-channel instruments to meet the highest de- storage for 200 GLP data records and a contact- mands for the parallel determination of pH/mV/ion free infrared communication. and conductivity or dissolved oxygen. Modern data management with 500 GLP data records, contact- free infrared communication as well as the revolutionary Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®).

194 SevenGo™ and SevenGo Duo™

Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®) – security at its finest! ISM® eliminates mistakes in the following ways: Correct sensor identification: Upon connection, the sensor Totally Waterproof by Design Rubber holster is automatically identified. This What is IP67? The IP (Ingress This practical cover provides prevents performing a measure- Protection) standard consists of optimum impact protection for ment with the wrong sensor ID two digits: 6 means that Sev- the device. You can naturally by mistake. enGo™ is completely dustproof; still attach the electrode clip and Current calibration: 7 means that SevenGo™ remains change the batteries without The most recent sensor calibra- watertight for 30 minutes at a needing to remove the protective tion is transferred to the meter on depth of 1 meter. rubber-elastic cover. attachment and is selected for future measurements automatically. Transport protection and workplace The SevenGo™ cases for the field kit (FK) and assistant kit (ASK) provide lots of space for all important accessories such as cables and electrodes. Choose the case that suits your requirements.

Overview of functions and features SevenGo™ models SevenGo pro™ models Model SG2 SG3 SG23 SG6 SG7 SG8 SG9 SG68 SG78 SG98 pH measurement • • • ••• mV measurement • • • ••• Relative mV • ••• Concentration (ISE) • ••• Conductivity •• • • TDS •• • • Resistivity •• • • Salinity •• • • Dissolved oxygen • •• • Barometric pressure • •• • Temperature •••••••••• Cond.: Linear temp. compensation •• • • Cond.: Non-linear temp. compensation • • Calibration points 3 1 3 2 1 5 2 5 5 5 Buffer groups 4 4 6 6 6 6 User-defined standards • • •• •• Manual entry of the cell constant • • Automatic and manual measurement value determination •••••••••• Time interval measurement ••••••• Display illumination ••••••• Infrared interface ••••••• Routine and expert modes ••••••• Menu guidance using softkeys ••••••• GLP data memory 30 30 99 200 200 200 500 500 500 500 Watertight according to IP67 •••••••••• Power: 4 AA batteries or 4 NiMH ••••••••••

195 SevenGo™ and SevenGo Duo™

SevenGo™ instrument models SG7 – conductivity Professional conductivity meter (IP67) SG2 – pH • Calibration also with user-definable standard or cell constant • Linear and non-linear temperature compensation pH meter (IP67) for routine use • Measurement of purified water according to USP • Clear display of measured values and settings • Comprehensive GLP functions with sensor and sample identification • Continuous indication of electrode and battery status • Automatic endpoint and buffer recognition as well as SG7 Measuring range Resolution Accuracy temperature compensation Conductivity 0.01 µS/cm… 0.01 ± 0.5% 1000 mS/cm • 3-point calibration with predefined or user-defined buffers Temperature (°C/°F) –5.0…105°C 0.1 °C ± 0.5 °C TDS 0.01 mg/L…600 g/L 0.01 ± 0.5% SG2 Measuring range Resolution Accuracy Resistivity 0.00…100.00 MΩcm pH 0.00…14.00 0.01 ± 0.01 Salinity 0.00…80.00 ppt mV –1999…1999 1 ±1 Temperature –5.0…105 °C 0.1 °C ± 0.5 °C Kit Description and sensor Order No. SG7-ELK Electrode kit with InLab®738 (IP67) 51302571 Kit Description and sensor Order No. SG7-FK2 Field kit with InLab®738 (IP67), 1.8 m cable, field carry case 51302572 SG2-B Meter only 51302521 SG7-FK10 Field kit with InLab®738–10 m (IP67), 10 m cable, field carry case 51302573 SG2-ELK Electrode kit with InLab®413 SG (IP67) 51302522 SG7-USP/EP Electrode kit with InLab®742 (IP67) 51302575 SG2-FK Field kit with InLab®413 SG (IP67), field carry case 51302523 SG2-Food Kit; Field kit with InLab® Solids Pro IP67 51302529 SG8 – pH/Ion SG3 – conductivity pH/Ion meter (IP67) for highest demands • Simple ion concentration determination Conductivity meter for everyday work • Time interval measurement with automatic data logging • Automatic endpoint recognition and temperature compensation • Data memory for 200 GLP data points • Predefined standards 84 µS/cm, 1413 µS/cm or 12.88 mS/cm • Segmented or linear calibration as desired • Clear display of measured value and settings • 5-point calibration with choice of 6 predefined and one user- • Complete range of electrodes defined buffer set SG3 Measuring range Resolution Accuracy SG8 Measuring range Resolution Accuracy Conductivity 0.10 µS/cm… 0.10…1 ± 0.5% 500 mS/cm pH –2.000…19.999 0.001 ± 0.002 Temperature 5.0…105 °C 0.1 °C ± 0.2 °C mV (rel. mV) –1999…1999 0.1 ± 0.1 TDS 0.01 mg/L…300 g/L 0.01…1 ± 0.5% Temperature (°C/°F) –5.0…130.0 ATC 0.1 °C ± 0.2 °C 30.0…130.0 MTC Resistivity 0.00…100.00 MΩcm Salinity 0.00…80.00 ppt Kit Description and sensor Order No. Sensor inputs LTW 7 pin (IP67) SG8-B Meter only 51202581 SG8-ELK Electrode kit with InLab®413 SG (IP67), field carry case 51202582 Kit Description and sensor Order No. SG2-FK Field kit with InLab®413 SG (IP67), field carry case 51202583 SG3-ELK Electrode kit with InLab®738 (IP67) 51302531 SG3-FK2 Field kit with InLab®738 (IP67, 1.8 m cable, field carry case 51302532 SG3-FK10 Field kit with InLab®738–10 m (IP67), 10 m cable, field carry case 51302533 SG9 – optical dissolved oxygen Professional oxygen instrument (IP67) • Optical RDO technology for fast results ™ SevenGo pro instrument models • High- performance OptiOx sensor and accessories • Intuitive, user-friendly operation thanks to 10-language menu SG6 – dissolved oxygen • Extra reliability due to Intelligent sensor management (ISM) Professional oxygen instrument (IP67) SG9 Measuring range Resolution Accuracy • Manual or automatic air pressure compensation Saturation 0…500% 0.1 ± 0.002 Temperature DO 0…50.0 °C 0.1 °C ± 0.1 °C with built-in barometer mg/L, ppm 0.00…50.00 0.01 ± 0.1 mg/L from 0 to 8 • High-performance O2 sensor ± 0.2 mg/L from 8 to 20 • Comprehensive range of accessories ± 10% from 20…50 Pressure 500…1100 mbar 1 ± 1 • Backlit display (applies to all SevenGo pro™ models)

Kit Description and sensor Order No. SG6 Measuring range Resolution Accuracy SG9-B Instrument only 51302591 Saturation 0.0…600% 0.1…1 ± 0.5% SG9-ELK Electrode kit with InLab OptiOx (IP67, 1.8 m cable) 51302592 Temperature (°C/°F) 0.0…60 °C 0.1 °C ± 0.1 °C SG9-FK2 Field kit with InLab OptiOx (IP67, 1.8 m cable) 51302593 mg/L, ppm 0.00…99.00 0.01 ± 0.5%, max. 0.03 SG9-FK5 Field kit with InLab OptiOx (IP67, 5 m cable) 51302594 Pressure 500…1100 mbar 1 ± 2

Kit Description and sensor Order No. for all SevenGo™ and SevenGo pro™ models: SG6-ELK Electrode kit with InLab®605 (IP67) 51302561 SG6-FK2 Field kit with InLab®605 (IP67), 1.8 m cable, field carry case 51302562 Outputs (not for SG2 or SG3) IR interface to printer or PC via RS232 or USB SG6-FK10 Field kit with InLab®605–10 m (IP67), 10 m cable, field carry case 51302563 Power requirements 4 AA batteries 1.5 V or NiMH accumulators 1.3 V Ambient conditions –5 °C…40 °C, 5%…80% rel. humidity (non-cond.) www.mt.com/pH Size/weight 220x90x45 mm/325 g (without batteries) 196 SevenGo™ and SevenGo Duo™

SevenGo Duo™ instrument models SG78 pH/ion/conductivity meter (IP67) to meet the highest requirements SG23 • Portable dual-channel measuring instrument for the d etermination pH/conductivity meter (IP67) for routine use of pH, mV, rel. mV, ion concentration, conductivity TDS • Dual-channel measuring instrument for determining pH, mV, conduc- (Total Dissolved Solids), salinity, and specific resistance tivity, TDS (Total Dissolved Solids), salinity, and specific resistance • 5-point pH calibration with choice of 7 predefined and one • 3-point pH calibration with predefined or user-defined buffers user-defined buffer set • Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®) • Data storage for 500 GLP data records with time/date, sensor ID • Data storage for 99 GLP data records and SN, and user and sample IDs For specifications, see SG2 and SG3 (exception: Weight: 357 g • Contact-free IR communication without batteries). • Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®)

Order info Standard equipment Order No. SG78 Measuring range Resolution Precision SG23-B Meter only 51302600 pH -2.000 to 19.999 0.001 ± 0.002 SG23-ELK Electrode kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM 51302601 mV (rel. mV) -1999 to 1999 0.1 ±0.1 and InLab 738-ISM (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) Ions SG23-FK2 Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM and InLab 738-ISM 51302602 Conductivity 0.01 µS/cm to 1000 mS/cm 0.01 ±0.5 % (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) TDS 0.01 mg/L to 600 g/L 0.01 to 1 ±0.5 % SG23-FK5 Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM-5 m 51302603 Specific resistance 0.00 to 100.00 MΩcm and InLab 738-ISM-5 m (both IP67, 5 m cable) Salinity 0.00 to 80.00 ppt Temperature -5.0 to 130.0 °C (ATC) 0.1 °C ±0.2 °C -30.0 to 130.0 °C (MTC) 12 ™ pH sensor inputs BNC (>10 Ohm); NTC 30 KΩ (both IP67) SevenGo Duo pro instrument models Conductivity sensor input LTW 7-pin (IP67)

SG68 Kit Standard equipment Order No. SG78-B Meter only 51302620 pH/ion/oxygen meter (IP67) to meet the highest requirements SG78-ELK Electrode kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM 51302621 • Portable dual-channel measuring instrument for the determination and InLab 738-ISM (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) of pH, mV, rel. mV, ion concentration, and dissolved oxygen SG78-FK2 Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM 51302622 and InLab 738-ISM (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) • 5-point pH calibration with choice of 7 predefined and one user- SG78-FK5 Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM-5 m 51302623 defined buffer set and InLab 738-ISM-5 m (both IP67, 5 m cable) • Data storage for 500 GLP data records with time/date, sensor ID SG78-USP/EP Field kit with InLab Pure Pro-ISM, ISM MulitPin cable 51302625 and InLab 742-ISM (IP67, 1.8 m cable) and SN, and user and sample IDs • Contact-free IR communication • Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®) SG98 SG68 Measuring range Resolution Precision pH/ion/optical dissolved oxygen meter (IP67) to meet the highest pH -2.000 to 19.999 0.001 ±0.002 requirements mV (rel. mV) -1999 to 1999 0.1 ±0.1 • Portable dual-channel measuring instrument for the determination Ions (units) 0.000 to 999.9% ±0.5 % mg/L, mmd/ L, mol/L 0.000 to 9999 ppm of pH, mV, rel. mV, ion concentration, and optical dissolved oxygen 1.00E-9 to 9.99E+9 • 5-point pH calibration with choice of 7 predefined and one userde- Temperature -5.0 to 130.0 °C (ATC) 0.1 °C ±0.2 °C -30.0 to 130.0 °C (MTC) fined buffer set Saturation 0.0 to 600% 0.1 to 1 ±0.5 % • Data storage for 500 GLP data records with time/date, sensor ID Temperature 0.0 to 60.0 °C 0.1 °C ±0.1 °C and SN, and user and sample Ids Oxygen (mg/L, ppm) 0.00 to 99.00 0.01 ±0.5 % max. 0.03 • Contact-free IR communication Pressure 500 to 1100 mbar 1 ± 1 • Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®) pH sensor inputs BNC (>1012 Ohm); NTC 30 KΩ (both IP67) DO sensor inputs BNC (>1012 Ω); NTC 22 KΩ (both IP67) SG68 Measuring range Resolution Precision pH –2.000 to 19.999 0.001 ±0.002 Order info Standard equipment Order No. mV (rel. mV) –1999 to 1999 0.1 ±0.1 SG68-B Meter only 51302610 Ions (units) 0.000 to 999.9% ±0.5 % SG68-ELK Electrode kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM 51302611 mg/L, mmd/ L, 0.000 to 9999 ppm and InLab 605-ISM (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) mol/L 1.00E-9 to 9.99E+9 SG68-FK2 Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM 51302612 Temperature pH –5.0 to 130.0 °C (ATC) 0.1 °C ±0.2 °C and InLab 605-ISM (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) –30.0 to 130.0 °C (MTC) SG68-FK5 Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM-5 m 51302613 Saturation 0…500% 0.1 and InLab 605-ISM-5 m (both IP67, 5 m cable) Temperature DO 0…50.0 °C 0.1 °C ±0.1 °C Oxygen (mg/L, ppm) 0.00…50.00 0.01 ±0.1 mg/L from 0 to 8 ±0.2 mg/L from 8 to 20 Accessories ± 10% from 20…50 Pressure 500 to 1100 mbar 1 ± 1 Accessories for SevenGo™ Order No.

Communication (for model SG6, SG7, SG8, SG9, SG68, SG78, SG98) Infrared-USB adapter 51302332 Kit Standard equipment Order No. Infrared-RS232 adapter 51302333 SG98-B Instrument only 51302661 SG98-ELK Electrode kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM-IP67 51302662 and InLab OptiOx (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) Order No. Other asseccories SG98-FK2 Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM-IP67 51302663 ™ SevenGo clip 51302325 and InLab OptiOx (both IP67, 1.8 m cable) ™ SevenGo 2-electrode clip 51302319 SG98-FK5 Field kit with InLab Expert Pro-ISM-IP67 51302664 ™ SevenGo protective rubber cover 51302321 and InLab OptiOx (both IP67, 5 m cable) SevenGo™ field compact case (empty) 51302359 197 FiveEasy™ and FiveGo™

FiveEasy™ and FiveGo™ Introduction to pH Measurement

The compact FiveEasy bench meters and the splash-protected FiveGo portable meters for measuring pH and conductivity are easy to operate thanks to self-explanatory keypads and large displays. Robust electrodes and helpful accessories complement the meters in the kit versions.

FiveEasy™ bench meters FiveGo™ portable meters

Suitable to a wide variety of applications Good portable measurement in the field pH made easy – “Read” starts a mea- Ergonomic design – the portable meter is surement, “Cal” a calibration. Automatic ideal for field work, offering IP54 protec- endpoint recognition, automatic tem- tion against dust and water ingress. perature compensation and calibration with automatic buffer recognition reduce possible user errors to a minimum.

198 FiveEasy™ and FiveGo™

At a glance Useful accessories

Besides the simultaneous display of Useful accessories such as electrode measured value and temperature, vari- clip, wrist strap and a laminated “Quick ous helpful icons inform you immediately Guide” are included with every meter. about the condition of your electrode and The field kit version comes additionally whether a measurement is in progress or with a handy carry bag. whether the reading is already stable.

For more information please order our brochure Bench Instruments

www.mt.com/pH

FG2 FiveGo™ pH FG3 FiveGo™ conductivity FG4 FiveGo™ FE20 FiveEasy™ pH FE30 FiveEasy™ conductivity FiveGo dissolved oxygen FEP20 FiveEasy Plus™ pH* FEP30 FiveEasy Plus™ conductivity* FiveGo dissolved oxygen Measuring range 0.00…14.00 pH 0.0 μS/cm…199.9 mS/cm 0-45 mg/L –1999…1999 mV 0.1 mg/L…199.9 g/L (TDS) 0 °C…100 °C (32 °F…212 °F) 0.00…19.99 psu (salinity) 0 °C…100 °C (32 °F…212 °F) Resolution 0.01 pH Automatic range 0.01 mg/L 1 mV 0.00…19.99 psu 0.1 °C 0.1 °C Accuracy ± 0.01 pH ± 0.5% of the measured value ± 1% of the measured value ± 1 mV ± 0.3 °C 0.5 °C ± 0.5 °C Input BNC, impedance > 10e + 12 Ω Mini-DIN BNC RCA Cinch, NTC 30 kΩ RCA (Chinch) * The Plus version of Five Easy has additionally a data storage for 99 measurements and a RS232 interface.

Model Probe Part No Model Probe Part No FE20-Basic none 51302910 FG2-Basic none 51302900 FE20-Kit LE409 51302911 FG2-Kit LE438 51302901 FE20-ATC kit LE438 51302916 FG2-Food kit LE427 51302906 FEP20-Basic none 51302914 FG2-Field kit LE438 51302902 FEP20-ATC kit LE438 51302915 FG3-Basic none 51302903 FEP20-TRIS kit LE420 30089748 FG3-Kit LE703 51302904 FEP20-Micro kit LE422 30089749 FG3-Field kit LE703 51302905 FE30-Basic none 51302912 FG4-Basic none 51302955 FE30-Kit LE703 51302913 FG4-Kit LE611 51302956 FEP30-Basic none 51302935 FG4-Field kit LE611 51302957 FEP30-Kit LE703 51302936

Non kit versions include: Meter, operating manual, “Quick guide”, power adapter (FiveEasy™ only), batteries (FiveGo™ only), electrode clip (FiveGo™ only), wrist strap (FiveGo™ only). Electrode is NOT included Kit versions include: as above plus appropriate electrode, electrode arm (FiveEasy™ only), carry bag incl. 4 sample bottles (Field kits only), buffer sachets and guides 199 InLab® Sensors and Solutions

InLab® Sensors The Right Electrode Every Time

METTLER TOLEDO Ingold electrodes have been synonymous with quality for over 65 years. Our product offering covers the vast majority of applications both for laboratory and field measurement. Just look through our portfolio to find the right electrode for your application.

These black sensors are particularly insensitive to contamination. Their reference electrode is in direct contact with the measured medium by means of two open connections, hence there is no junction to block.

InLab® economy and general purpose Polymer electrolyte

Premium InLab® and pH specialists

200 InLab® Sensors and Solutions

Name Type Features/description Connector BNC Cable Part No InLab® economy electrodes InLab® Versatile Economy 2-in-1 Replaceable junction, refillable BNC included 51343030 InLab® Versatile Pro Economy 3-in-1 Replaceable junction, refillable, ATC probe BNC/RCA included 51343031 InLab® Easy Economy 2-in-1 Gel-filled, polysulfone shaft S7 52300004* 51343010 InLab® Easy BNC Economy 2-in-1 Gel-filled, polysulfone shaft BNC included 51343011 InLab® Basics BNC Economy 2-in-1 ARGENTHAL with Ag+ ion trap BNC included 51343020

General purpose pH glass electrodes InLab® Routine General Purpose 2-in-1 ARGENTHAL with Ag+ ion trap S7 52300004* 51343050 InLab® Routine Pt1000 General Purpose 3-in-1 ARGENTHAL with Ag+ ion trap MultiPin™ included 51343056 InLab® Routine Pro General Purpose 3-in-1 ATC probe (TRIS compatible) MultiPin™ 52300009* 51343054 InLab® Science General Purpose 2-in-1 Movable glass sleeve S7 52300004* 51343070 InLab® Science Pro General Purpose 3-in-1 Movable glass sleeve, ATC probe MultiPin™ 52300009* 51343071 pH electrodes with polymer electrolyte InLab® Expert Pro (kit electrode) Premium 3-in-1 Open junction, PEEK shaft, 0…100 °C BNC/RCA included 51343101 InLab® 413 SG Premium 3-in-1 Open junction, PEEK shaft, IP67 BNC/RCA included 51340288 Waterproof connectors for use with portable meters SevenGo™ SG2 + SG8 InLab® Expert NTC30 Premium 3-in-1 Open junction, PEEK shaft, 0…100 °C MultiPin™ 52300009* 51343104

Premium InLab® electrodes with pressurized electrolyte InLab® Power Premium 2-in-1 Pressurized reference system SteadyForce™ S7 52300004* 51343110 InLab® Power Pro Premium 3-in-1 ATC probe, 170 mm long, SteadyForce™ MultiPin™ 52300009* 51343111 InLab® Viscous Premium 2-in-1 SteadyForce™, special thin tip S7 52300004* 51343150 InLab® Viscous Pro Premium 3-in-1 ATC probe, SteadyForce, special thin tip MultiPin 52300009* 51343151

InLab® pH specialists InLab® Semi-Micro Specialist 2-in-1 6 mm shaft diameter S7 52300004* 51343165 InLab® Semi-Micro-L Specialist 2-in-1 200 mm long, 6 mm shaft diameter S7 52300004* 51343161 InLab® Micro Specialist 2-in-1 3 mm shaft diameter S7 52300004* 51343160 InLab® Ultra-Micro Specialist 2-in-1 3 mm shaft diameter, min. sample volume 15 µL S7 52300004 51343163 InLab® Nano Specialist 2-in-1 1.7 mm shaft diameter, min. sample volume 5 μL BNC included 30092990 InLab® Flex-Micro Specialist 2-in-1 Flexible shaft, shaft length 180 mm BNC included 51343164 InLab® Reach Specialist 2-in-1 300 mm long S7 52300004* 51343060 InLab® Surface Specialist 2-in-1 Flat-ended membrane, polysulfone shaft S7 52300004* 51343157 InLab® Solids Specialist 2-in-1 Spear tip S7 52300004* 51343153 InLab® Solids Pro Specialist 3-in-1 Spear tip, ATC probe MultiPin™ 52300009* 51343154 InLab® Cool Specialist 2-in-1 FRISCOLYT-B electrolyte, –30…80 °C S7 52300004* 51343174 InLab® Hydrofluoric Specialist 2-in-1 Special HF resistant membrane S7 52300004* 51343176 InLab® Reach Pro Specialist 3-in-1 400 mm long, ATC probe MultiPin™ 52300009* 51343061 InLab® Pure Specialist 2-in-1 dirt repellent PTFE junction, gel electrolyte S7 52300004* 51343170 InLab® Pure Pro Specialist 3-in-1 Triple junction, ATC probe, electrolyte bridge MultiPin™ 52300009* 51343171 InLab® 490 Specialist 3-in-1 ISFET probe with driTEK reference Mini-DIN included 51302305

ORP/Redox electrodes InLab® Redox ORP 2-in-1 Platinum ring S7 52300004* 51343200 InLab® Redox Au ORP 2-in-1 Gold ring S7 52300004* 51343204 ® InLab Redox Ag ORP 2-in-1 Silver ring, KNO3 electrolyte S7 52300004* 51343205 InLab® Redox Pro ORP 2-in-1 Platinum ring, movable PTFE sleeve S7 52300004* 51343201 Pt805-S7/120 ORP half-cell Platinum ring S7 59902392* 59904377 * BNC cables are sold separately, and are not included in the price of the electrodes.

Temperature sensors InLab® NTC30 kΩ laboratory temperature sensor in glass shaft (cable not included) (120 x 12 mm), with quality certificate 51343310 InLab® Pt1000 laboratory temperature sensor in glass shaft (cable not included) (120 x 12 mm), with quality certificate 51343312 NTC30 kΩ temperature probe in stainless steel (cable included) 51300164 PT1000 temperature probe in stainless steel (cable included) 51300165 2-in-1 combination electrode: this is a reference and pH half-cell in one electrode. 3-in-1 combination electrode: this electrode has a built-in temperature sensor as well as a reference and pH half-cell.

www.electrodes.net

201 InLab® Sensors and Solutions

Determinations Precisely!

Intelligent Sensor All You Need Modular and Versatile Management (ISM®) in One Probe

Sensors for SevenGo Duo™ and Conductivity probes Ion-selective half-cells and SevenCompact™ The probes in our InLab® 700 gas sensitive electrodes ISM® is a sophisticated new series include a built-in tempera- METTLER TOLEDO offers one of concept for the SevenGo Duo™ ture sensor enabling automatic the largest ranges of ion-selective and SevenCompact™ meters. It temperature compensation. The and gas sensitive electrodes in means that the user can rest as- InLab® 741 easily fulfils the strin- the world. sured that he or she is always gent conductivity requirements of The ion-selective electrodes working with the most up-to-date the United States and European (ISE) can be used with your data for the sensor. Pharmacopoeia (USP/EP). titrator as well as your ion meter. Please contact the Laboratory Technical Support Team for more details, including application information.

202 InLab® Sensors and Solutions

Sensors for METTLER TOLEDO meters with Intelligent Sensor Management (ISM®) Name Type Features/description Cable and Connector Part No InLab® Expert Pro-ISM pH InLab® Expert Pro with ISM 51344291 30014096 InLab® Science Pro-ISM pH InLab® Science Pro with ISM 51344291* 51344072 InLab® Routine Pro-ISM pH InLab® Routine Pro with ISM 51344291* 51344055 InLab® Power Pro-ISM pH InLab® Power Pro with ISM 51344291* 51344211 InLab® Pure Pro-ISM pH InLab® Pure Pro with ISM 51344291* 51344172 InLab® Solids Pro-ISM pH InLab® Solids Pro with ISM 51344291* 51344155 InLab® Micro Pro-ISM pH InLab® Micro Pro with ISM 51344291* 51344163 InLab® Expert Pro-ISM IP67 pH InLab® Expert Pro with ISM Fixed cable: IP67 BNC/RCA (Cinch) 51344102 InLab® 731-ISM Conductivity InLab® 731 with ISM Fixed cable: Mini-DIN 30014092 InLab® 738-ISM Conductivity InLab® 738 with ISM Fixed cable: IP67 LTW 51344110 InLab® 741-ISM Conductivity InLab® 741 with ISM Fixed cable: Mini-DIN 30014094 InLab® 742-ISM Conductivity InLab® 742 with ISM Fixed cable: IP67 LTW 51344116 InLab® 605-ISM Dissolved oxygen InLab® 605 with ISM Fixed cable: BNC/RCA (Cinch) 51343611 InLab® OptiOx Dissolved oxygen Optical RDO technology Fixed cable, Mini-LTW 51344621 * Cables are sold separately, and are not included in the price of the electrodes. See page 204 for information.

Conductivity probes Name Type Measuring range Cell constant Connections Part No InLab® 751-4mm Shaft diameter 4 mm 10 µ/cm…200 mS/cm 0.1cm-1 Mini-DIN 51344030 InLab® 752-6mm Shaft diameter 6 mm 10 µ/cm…200 mS/cm 0.1cm-1 Mini-DIN 51344031 InLab® 731 (kit elektrode) 4 graphite poles, epoxy shaft 0,01 mS/cm…1000 mS/cm 0,57 cm–1 Mini-DIN 51344020 InLab® 738 4 graphite poles, epoxy shaft 0,01 mS/cm…1000 mS/cm 0,57 cm–1 IP67 LTW 51344120 InLab® 741 (USP/EP) 2 steel poles, V4A steel shaft 0,001 µS/cm…500 µS/cm 0,105 cm–1 Mini-DIN 51344024 InLab® 742 2 steel poles, V4A steel shaft 0,001 µS/cm…500 µS/cm 0,105 cm–1 IP67 LTW 51344126 InLab® Trace Kit 2 titanium poles, flow cell 0.0001 μS/cm…1000 μS/cm 0.01 cm-1 Mini-LTW 30014099

DX series ion-selective half-cells and gas sensitive electrodes (GSE) Assembled ion-selective electrode (ISE) Membrane kit Filling solution Cable Cable to fit Ion DX ISE Part No for titrator ion/pH meter Part No Part No Ammonia NH3 GSE 51341000 089601* 52300004* 51340013 51340036 + Ammonium DX218-NH4 # 51340900 089601* 52300004* 51340012 51340035 Barium DX337-Ba2+ # 51107674 089601* 52300004* 51107688 51107892 Bromide DX280-Br– # 51340300 089601* 52300004* 51340006 51340029 Cadmium DX312-Cd2+ # 51107672 089601* 52300004* 51107686 51107891 Calcium DX240-Ca2+ # 51340600 089601* 52300004* 51340009 51340032 Chloride DX235-Cl – # 51340400 089601* 52300004* 51340007 51340030 Copper DX264-Cu2+ # 51107678 089601* 52300004* 51107692 51107889 Cyanide DX226-CN – # 51107681 089601* 52300004* 51107695 51107893 Fluoride DX219-F – # 51340500 089601* 52300004* 51340008 51340031 – Fluoroborate DX287-BF4 # 51107676 089601* 52300004* 51107690 51107890 Iodide DX327-I – # 51107680 089601* 52300004* 51107694 51107898 Lead DX407-Pb2+ # 51107873 089601* 52300004* 51107874 51107875 Lithium DX207-Li+ # 51107673 089601* 52300004* 51107687 51107881 – Nitrate DX262-NO3 # 51340800 089601* 52300004* 51340011 51340034 Potassium DX239-K+ # 51340700 089601* 52300004* 51340010 51340033 Sodium DX223-Na+ # 51340263 089601* 52300004* n/a n/a Sulphide (Silver) DX232-S2– # 51107675 089601* 52300004* 51107689 51107894 Surfactant DS500 # 51107670 089601* 52300004* 51107669 51107899 Thiocyanate DX258-SCN – # 51107870 089601* 52300004* 51107871 51107872 # Reference electrode required. See below. * Cables are sold separately and are not included in the price of the electrodes.

NOx GSE Nitrogen Oxides NH3 GSE 51341000 + NOx electrolyte 51340037 CO2 GSE Carbon Dioxide NH3 GSE 51341000 + CO2 electrolyte 51340038

Half-cell and reference electrodes Name Type Features/description Connector Cable for titrator BNC cable Part No InLab® Mono pH half-cell pH glass electrode S7 089601* 52300004* 52000127 InLab® Reference Reference electrode Ceramic junction S7 52300015* 52300016* 52000128 InLab® Reference Pro Reference electrode PTFE sleeve, S7 52300015* 52300016* 52000129 electrolyte bridge DX200 Reference electrode Ground glass sleeve, S7 52300015* 52300016* 51089935 for titration electrolyte bridge * Cables are sold separately, and are not included in the price of the electrodes. See pages 204 for information.

203 InLab® Sensors and Solutions

perfectION™ series combination ion-selective electrodes Assembled ISE Reference Membrane module Ionic Strength Adjust- electrolyte ment (ISA) solution Ion perfectION™ Part No Cable and connector Designation and Part No Part No electrode Part No Silver / Sulphide Combined Ag+/S2– 51344700 1.2 m cable; BNC Ion Electrolyte B n/a Silver: 51344760 51344751 Comb. Ag+/S2– Lemo 51344800 1.2 m cable; Lemo Ion Electrolyte B n/a Silver: 51344760 51344751 Calcium Combined Ca2+ 51344703 1.2 m cable; BNC Ion Electrolyte A 51344850 51344761 51344750 Comb. Ca2+ Lemo 51344803 1.2 m cable; Lemo Ion Electrolyte A 51344850 51344761 51344750 Chloride Combined Cl– 51344706 1.2 m cable; BNC Ion Electrolyte B n/a n/a 51344751 Comb. Cl– Lemo 51344806 1.2 m cable; Lemo Ion Electrolyte B n/a n/a 51344751 Cyanide Combined CN– 51344709 1.2 m cable; BNC Ion Electrolyte B n/a n/a 51344751 Comb. CN– Lemo 51344809 1.2 m cable; Lemo Ion Electrolyte B n/a n/a 51344751 Copper Combined Cu2+ 51344712 1.2 m cable; BNC Ion Electrolyte D n/a 51344760 51344753 Comb. Cu2+ Lemo 51344812 1.2 m cable; Lemo Ion Electrolyte D n/a 51344760 51344753 Fluoride Combined F– 51344715 1.2 m cable; BNC Ion Electrolyte A n/a 51344760 51344750 Comb. F– Lemo 51344815 1.2 m cable; Lemo Ion Electrolyte A n/a 51344760 51344750 Iodide Combined I– 51344718 1.2 m cable; BNC Ion Electrolyte D n/a 51344760 51344753 Comb. I– Lemo 51344818 1.2 m cable; Lemo Ion Electrolyte D n/a 51344760 51344753 Potassium Combined K+ 51344721 1.2 m cable; BNC Ion Electrolyte E 51344851 51344762 51344754 Comb. K+ Lemo 51344821 1.2 m cable; Lemo Ion Electrolyte E 51344851 51344762 51344754 Sodium Combined Na+ 51344724 S7 3 mol/L KCl n/a 51340072 51340049 – Nitrate Combined NO3 51344727 1.2 m cable; BNC Ion Electrolyte F 51344852 51344763 51344755 51344764 – Comb. NO3 Lemo 51344827 1.2 m cable; Lemo Ion Electrolyte F 51344852 51344763 51344755 51344764 Lead Combined Pb2+ 51344730 1.2 m cable; BNC Ion Electrolyte B n/a 51344760 51344751 Comb. Pb2+ Lemo 51344830 1.2 m cable; Lemo Ion Electrolyte B n/a 51344760 51344751

Detachable Cables The Right Connections

We supply various cables. MultiPin For more information, including help with selecting the correct cable, contact our Laboratory Technical Support Team. S7 BNC

Ref Banana 2 mm

Cables for electrodes Type Part No S7 screwhead to BNC for pH and redox 52300004 electrodes (without temperature sensor) MultiPin™ head to BNC/RCA 52300009 for electrodes with NTC30K temperature probe S7 screwhead to 2 mm pin for reference half-cell 52300016 Red S7 screwhead to BNC 59902392 MultiPin™ ISM® electrode cable 51344291

204 InLab® Sensors and Solutions

A Solution Within Hands-Reach

METTLER TOLEDO buffer solutions are traceable to primary standards selected by NIST (National Institute of Standards and Technology, USA). Each buffer s olution comes with a quality inspection certificate which guarantees the stated values and traceability. www.mt.com/buffer www.mt.com/msds

pH and Redox buffers Conductivity standards pH buffer soln Color Packaging Part No Conductivity standards Part No 2.00 Clear 250 mL bottle 51340055 1413 µS/cm 30x20 mL sachets 51302049 2.00 Clear 6x250 mL bottles 51319010 1413 µS/cm 250 mL bottle 51300138 4.01 Clear 30x20 mL sachets 51302069 1413 µS/cm 6x250 mL bottles 51300259 4.01 Red 250 mL bottle 51340057 12.88 mS/cm 30x20 mL sachets 51302050 4.01 Red 6x250 mL bottles 51340058 12.88 mS/cm 250 mL bottle 51300139 7.00 Clear 30x20 mL sachets 51302047 12.88 mS/cm 6x250 mL bottles 51300260 7.00 Green 250 mL bottle 51340059 7.00 Green 6x250 mL bottles 51340060 ISE calibration standards 9.21 Clear 30x20 mL sachets 51302070 Ion and concentration Packaging Part No 9.21 Blue 250 mL bottle 51300193 Silver ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle 51344770 9.21 Blue 6x250 mL bottles 51300194 Ammonium ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle 30090859 10.00 Clear 250 mL bottle 51340056 Ammonium ISE standard solution 100 mg/L 500 mL bottle 30090860 10.00 Clear 6x 250 mL bottles 51340231 Calcium ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle 51344771 10.00 Clear 30x20 mL sachets 51302079 Calcium ISE standard solution 100 mg/L 500 mL bottle 30090855 11.00 Clear 250 mL bottle 51340063 Calcium ISE standard solution 10 mg/L 500 mL bottle 30090856 11.00 Clear 6x250 mL bottles 51319018 Chloride ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle 51344772 Rainbow boxes Chloride ISE standard solution 100 mg/L 500 mL bottle 30090853 4.01/7.00/9.21 30x20 mL sachets 51302068 Chloride ISE standard solution 10 mg/L 500 mL bottle 30090854 4.01/7.00/10.00 30x20 mL sachets 51302080 Cyanide ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle 51344773 4.01/7.00/9.21 6x250 mL bottles 30095312 Copper ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle 51344774 4.01/7.00/10.00 6x250 mL bottles 30095313 Fluoride ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle 51344775 pH buffer solutions NIST and DIN 19266 pH ±0.015 Fluoride ISE standard solution 100 mg/L 500 mL bottle 30090851 4.006 Clear 250 mL bottle 51340039 Fluoride ISE standard solution 10 mg/L 500 mL bottle 30090852 4.006 Clear 6x250 mL bottles 51319004 Iodide ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle 51344776 6.865 Clear 250 mL bottle 51340041 Potassium ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle 51344777 6.865 Clear 6x250 mL bottles 51319005 Sodium ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle 51344778 9.180 Clear 250 mL bottle 51340042 Sodium ISE standard solution 100 mg/L 500 mL bottle 30090857 9.180 Clear 6x250 mL bottles 51319007 Sodium ISE standard solution 10 mg/L 500 mL bottle 30090858 10.012 Clear 250 mL bottle 51340044 Nitrate ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle 51344779 DKD-certified buffer solutions Lead ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle 51344780 4.01 Red 250 mL bottle 52118093 Sulphide ISE standard solution 1000 mg/L 500 mL bottle 51344781 7.00 Green 250 mL bottle 52118094 9.21 Blue 250 mL bottle 52118095 10.00 Clear 250 mL bottle 52118096 Maintenance and verification solutions ISA solutions Electrolytes for reference electrodes Part No TISAB 3, for determination of Fluoride, 250 mL bottle 51340064 KCl 3 mol/l 250 mL bottle 51340049 0.9 mol/l Al2(SO4)3, for determination 51340072 KCl 3 mol/l, AgCl saturated 250 mL bottle 51340045 of Ammonium, Potassium, Nitrate, 250 mL bottle Friscolyt-B® storage solution for 250 mL bottle 51340053 Redox buffer solutions. E(Ag/AgCl) 25 ºC InLab®413 pH electrode 220 mV UH = 427 mV 250 mL bottle 51340065 1M KNO3 filling solution 250 mL bottle 51340047 220 mV UH = 427 mV 6x250 mL bottle 51340081 Cleaning solutions Pepsin-HCl for cleaning junctions 250 mL bottle 51340068 Conductivity standards with protein contamination Conductivity standards Part No Thiourea solution for cleaning 250 mL bottle 51340070 1.3 μS/cm 250 mL bottle 30090847 junctions with silver sulphide contamination 5 μS/cm 250 mL bottle 30094617 Reactivation solution for 25 mL bottle 51340073 10 µS/cm 250 mL bottle 51300169 regeneration of glass end electrodes 84 µS/cm 250 mL bottle 51302153 500 µS/cm 250 mL bottle 51300170 205 Good Electrochemistry Practice

pH Service and Support Elaborate and Tailored

With the comprehensive service offerings from METTLER TOLEDO you can maintain the performance and maximize the uptime of your pH measuring systems. Accurate and precise results are guaranteed at any time.

Furthermore, you can be free of concerns around compliance issues during quality audits. Make use of our professional installation and qualification services, guaranteeing trouble-free and fast operation of your instrument from day one.

With our VPac™ we provide you with a smart performance test, supporting you in managing compliance beyond your next audit. Enjoy the peace of mind.

IPac – EQPac – Equipment VPac™ – Initial Qualification Package Qualification Package pH Performance Verification

Proof of professional installation The EQPac is a service solution The VPac pH Verification kit is and commissioning is required designed to address compliance an easy way to verify the per- by several regulations and qual- concerns in today’s regula- formance of your pH measuring ity standards. We serve with tory environment. It fulfills the system. This unique self-service simple and fully compliant initial requirements for professional gives you extra peace of mind qualification services. qualification documents and after installation, any setup provides instrument calibration change or before an audit. service on-site.

Order no. 30019821 Order no. 30046256 Order no. 30090849 IPac SevenCompact™ EQPac SevenExcellence™ VPac™ pH Verification kit

206 Discover the Safest Path to the Top with Good Electrochemistry Practice™

Measuring pH in the laboratory is a common analysis, but so many things can go wrong. The same goes for conductivity, ion concentration, dissolved oxygen and redox determination.

GEP™ is about guiding you through the whole p roduct lifecycle, detecting possible risks, finding the right tools to address these, and thus ensure consistently reliable results.

Take 5 minutes to localize your risks and get the necessary support:

www.mt.com/gep

207 AutoChem

208 AutoChem

Page AutoChem Overview 210 – 211 Reaction Engineering 212 – 213 Synthesis Workstations 214 – 215 Particle Characterization 216 – 217 Service 218 – 219

Chemical Synthesis, Process Development and AutoChem Particle Characterization

209 AutoChem Overview

Complete Projects Faster From Lab to Production

METTLER TOLEDO solutions enable the development of a wide range of chemistries that help companies bring products to market faster, at lower costs and with higher quality.

Early Phase Development Synthesis workstations and real-time in situ probes allow chemists to quickly develop new synthetic routes, then safely deliver grams to kilograms of materials. These tools provide initial understanding of process scale-up issues, enabling scientists to eliminate non-viable candidates early in development.

Process Development The combination of reaction calorimeters, FTIR based in situ reaction analysis systems and particle size and shape analysis tools support the chemical, thermo dynamic and particle characterization of processes. This increased process knowledge speeds the development of batch or continuous processes. The enhanced quality and quantity of process knowledge obtained enables engineers to quickly scale-up processes, eliminate scale-up failures and avoid safety incidents.

Scale-up and Manufacturing Process Analytical Technology (PAT) tools ensure processes are within boundary conditions, eliminating the risk of batch failures while delivering higher yields at lower cost. PAT systems allow users to realize the benefits of Quality by Design (QbD) through the transfer of more robust, lower cost commercial processes to manufacturing.

210 AutoChem Overview

Reaction Analysis Synthesis Workstations Particle iC Software Characterization FTIR based systems provide Round bottom flasks, Probe-based instruments Integrates the entire experi- real-time composition heating mantles, ice optimize crystallization and mental workflow making it analysis to monitor key baths and cryostats are particulate process develop- simple to visualize, interpret reaction species in situ – eliminated. Experimental ment by understanding and and report results, Power- eliminating the need for data is captured providing controlling particle dimension ful algorithms enable deeper grab sampling. enhanced reaction under- and shape in-process. process understanding with standing and control. less effort. iC Software Reaction Analysis Synthesis Workstations Particle Characterization

211 Reaction Engineering

R&D Workstations Improve Process Development

Reaction calorimeters and in situ reaction analysis tools enable the development of safe, robust, commercially viable chemical processes. These instruments provide a complete research and development solution enabling faster process development and safer scale-up.

ReactIR™ 15/45m RC1e® Reaction Analysis Reaction Calorimetry

A real-time, in situ mid-infrared based The combination of RC1e and RTCal system designed to study reaction (Real Time Calorimetry) provides progression – providing specific reaction information under process-like information about reaction initiation, conditions using real-time heat flow or conversion, intermediates, and endpoint. heat flux calorimetry. Optimize process The comprehensive nature of the data safety investigations to avoid incidents makes it ideal for kinetic analysis and in the lab or plant. facilitates the elucidation of reaction mechanism and pathway.

212 What is Happening in your Bioreactor? Understand, develop and optimize feed strategies Recent Advances in Organic Chemistry by monitoring nutrient and by-product levels inline A Review of Recently Reported Applications Using In Situ Spectroscopy and in real-time in the lab bioreactor. Scale-up and monitor components of interest to control feed rates The Next Steps in Enzymatic Catalysis and detect process deviations immediately with Vaso Vlachos, Mettler-Toledo AutoChem, Inc.

Enzymes, as biocatalysts, are a highly tion, reduction, addition – elimination, This white paper highlights three exam- suitable, environmentally friendly halogenation and dehalogenation, and ples – pharmaceutical, academic and alternative to heavy metal industrial transesterification(1,3). ReactIR™ is a military – where ReactIR™ was used inline ReactIR, mid-IR technology. catalysts. The “Green Chemistry” real-time in situ reaction analysis sys- to monitor the enzyme-catalyzed reac- nature of enzymes as catalysts is tem that enables scientists to easily and tions in real time, to enable researchers based on a number of characteristics. rapidly obtain comprehensive informa- to understand reaction mechanisms, Enzymes are biodegradable and typi- tion and understanding about reaction and determine kinetic parameters. It is cally produced through fermentation chemistry. ReactIR™ monitors reactive not the intent to go into detailed scien- of renewable feedstocks(1) or easily chemistry using well understood mid- tific findings as these were documented mass produced through recombinant IR spectroscopy. A robust ATR probe is in each paper and it is recommended to technologies(2). Enzymes also catalyze inserted directly into the reaction ves- read the original publications for this chemical reactions under mild temper- sel, providing a “molecular video” of purpose. Instead, the author highlights ature (20°C-40˚C) and pH conditions the reaction. The concentration chang- the context in which ReactIR™ was (pH 5-8), and perform well in aqueous es of all key reactive and transient spe- used and how this helped researchers environments(1). Examples of enzyme- cies are monitored allowing for mecha- answer key questions. catalyzed industrial-scale organic nism and pathway determination. reactions include hydrolysis, oxida-

www.mt.com/enzymatic-wp For the Enzymatic Catalysis white paper

Configuration Model Environment Application Area ReactIR™ 15 Lab Synthetic Chemistry ReactIR™ 45m Lab Synthetic Chemistry, Chemical Development, Kinetics, Quantitative Analysis FlowIR™ Lab Optimization and Control of Flow Chemistry ReactIR™ 45P Lab/Production Scale-up, Campaigns, Process Transfer RC1e® Lab/Pilot Lab/Small Process Development, Process Optimization, Scale Production Scale-up, Process Safety RTCal™ Lab Polymerizations, Process Optimization, Process Chemistry

213 Synthesis Workstations

Better Information Leads to Better Science

Synthesis workstations reduce chemical and process development times by replacing traditional round bottom flasks and jacketed lab reactors. They help researchers complete more experiments and deliver more information per experiment, increasing overall productivity. HFCal (Heat Flow Calorimetry) is an add on to the synthesis workstations providing reaction calorimetry capabilities.

EasyMax® OptiMax™ Small-Scale Synthesis Workstation Large Volume Synthesis Workstation

Makes chemical synthesis easier by Improves workflows in organic synthesis eliminating the dependance on oil baths and process development labs by and chillers. Even low temperature delivering new chemical compounds chemistry is easy. EasyMax records for application testing faster, helping reaction events otherwise missed and all characterize the process and reduce data is automatically recorded. failures. By adding heat flow calorimetry as an option, scale-up issues and key reaction events are identified earlier.

214 Increase Quality, Decrease Cost, Increase Speed By implementing new technology in to the development phase, scientists obtain better information to improve processes, reduce costs and generate cost competitive research and development.

www.mt.com/ac-chemdevguide For the Guide to Chemical Development

www.mt.com/autochem

Configuration Model Environment Application Area EasyMax® Lab Synthetic Chemistry, Process Development EasyMax® HFCal Lab Process Optimization, Scale-up, Process Safety Screening OptiMax™ Lab Synthetic Chemistry, Process Development OptiMax™ HFCal Lab Process Optimization, Scale-up, Process Safety

215 Particle Characterization

Particle Size and Shape Analysis For the Lab, Pilot Plant & Production

ParticleTrack with Focused Beam Reflectance Measurement (FBRM®) and Particle Vision and Measurement (PVM®) technologies provide precise inline measurement of particle size, shape and count without sampling. Probe-based instruments measure particles and droplets in gas or liquid suspension at process concentration providing real-time information to speed development, maximize process performance, and optimize quality.

G400 Series G600 Series E25 Series V819 Series Lab Lab to Plant Lab to Plant Lab

The portable small G600 is ideal for 1 to E25 measures real-time Real-time probe based scale G400 is ideal 50,000 liter vessels changes to particle microscope providing for applications in less and allows chemists size and count without instant critical insight than 1 liter vessels or and engineers to design sampling enabling into crystal, particle, small pipelines. G400 processes for scale-up real-time optimization and droplet systems. It can be multiplexed to to production providing of product quality, enables chemists and run simultaneous expe- the desired particle size formulation stability and engineers to detect and riments. Experimental distribution, yield and process performance understand process parameters are quickly purity. Tracking the par- in lab and process changes that could screened to assess the ticles allows processing environments. take months to discover impact of process con- conditions to be adju- with traditional offline ditions on the particle sted to ensure optimum microscopy techniques. system. cycle time.

216 Particles in downstream bioprocessing? Through inline monitoring of particles and tracking changes Recent Advances in Bioprocessing to the number and size of particles in a system, A Review of Recently Reported Applications in Fermentation Monitoring downstream bioprocessing can be optimized to

Fermentation: Inline improve clarification (flocculation, centrifugation Real-Time Monitoring of Key Process Parameters and filtration) processes as well as purification Vaso Vlachos, Mettler-Toledo AutoChem, Inc.

As consumer demand for bioproducts exists in real time, resulting in delayed are presented, demonstrating the use of increases, so increases the need process control decisions and batch-to- these non-invasive and non-destructive for fast and accurate bioprocess batch variability. technologies in gaining insight into the (precipitation and crystallization) processes. monitoring to ensure efficient process bioprocess and how it exists in real time control – maximizing productivity Inline ReactIR™ mid-IR spectroscopy in the bioreactor. and product purity. Traditional inline simultaneously measures, in real bioreactor measurements, such as pH, time, the concentration of multiple It is not the intent to go into detailed temperature, dissolved oxygen, CO2, components of the growth medium scientific findings as these were agitation speed, etc., provide some and metabolites during the course of documented in each paper and it is process information but do not provide a fermentation process, while Focused recommended to read the original full information on the health, nutrient Beam Reflectance Measurement publications for this purpose. Instead, demand and metabolite production of (FBRM®) tracks changes in biomass the author highlights the context in the culture. Offline techniques to gain concentration and morphology in real which the technology was used and this information can be labor intensive time. In this white paper four case studies how this helped researchers answer key and take time for analysis, thus not discussing the application of ReactIR™ questions. truly representing the process as it and FBRM® in bioprocess monitoring

www.mt.com/fermentation-wp For the PAT and BioProcessing white paper

Configuration Model Technology Vessel Size Key Characteristic Laboratory Solutions G400 FBRM® 30 mL - 500 mL Portable, Interchangable probes G600L FBRM® 500 mL - 5 L Results scalable to plant E25 FBRM® 500 mL+ Measure at full process concentration V819 PVM® 250 mL - 5 L In-process video microscopy Production Solutions G600R FBRM® 1 L+ Dip-pipe mountable G600S/T FBRM® 1 L+ Pipeline installations G600P FBRM® 20 L+ 1m probe length G600X FBRM® 1 L+ Customizable E25 FBRM® 500 mL+ Measure at full process concentration

217 Service

Extend Instrument Performance With Custom Maintenance Programs

Researchers and engineers across industry and academia rely on METTLER TOLEDO instruments to provide critical information during investigations. To be successful scientists need to be confident that the equipment works correctly, when it is needed, and the result can be trusted.

METTLER TOLEDO provides a range of service options to prevent instrument downtime, guarantee result quality and ensure regulatory compliance. Our customized coverage minimizes unexpected costs, improves data collection reliability and reduces the total cost of ownership.

Uptime Performance Compliance

Instruments are often subjected Optimize hardware and software Meet internal and external to high utilization in critical performance with comprehensive compliance standards with optional processes. System reliability installation, preventive mainte- value added services. IPac and is maximized through our field nance and full service contract EQPac qualification services ensure service team, help desk, return to programs. Trained METTLER internal compliance standards are factory refurbishment and repair TOLEDO technicians ensure the met and provide objective evidence services, and optional value system is performing within for regulated environments. added products. factory specifications.

218 AutoChem

Performance Qualification

Equipment Performance Qualification ReporQuality-Pact

Date of Performance Qualification Equipment Identification End User Information End User Information Equipment Identification Company Model Address Serial No. SeptemberCity 2011 Zip Code Internal No. Country Other MK-PB-0091-AC Rev A DCN 563Operational Readiness Parameter Acceptance Criteria Recorded Value Complete Power On Purge gas supply On Enclosure Temperature Control 34 degrees C +/- 1 degrees C Modulator Temperature Control 41.5C +/- 1.5C

General Functional Tests Parameter Acceptance Criteria Recorded Value Complete Purge and Pressurization Touch screen goes to blank (power termination) upon opening of the enclosure Sampling 1 PIA Signal to noise Refer to Signal-to-Noise Test in section 12.1.1 Sampling 2 Probe 1 Acetone Absorbance Refer to Acetone Absorbance Test in section 12.1.2 Probe 2 Refer to PIA Ultrasonic Cleaner Pac Ultrasonic Cleaner Test (option) in section 0 PIA Streamline Heater Refer to Streamline Temperature Test (option) in section 12.1.4 Initial

Analog Communication Refer to Analog Communication Device Tests (option) in section 12.1.5 StarterPac DCS Communication Refer to DCS Communication Test (option) in section 12.1.6 Qualification I Software Validation Complete “MonARC v4.x Validation Test”. Attach to this report. Package Performance and Review Performed by Reviewed by Position Position Signature Signature Manufacturer Date Date Instrument InventoryInstrument Number Type METTLER TOLEDO Expertise Instrument Serial Number 1001 MSG123 * FlowIR™ B1281699812 OptiMax ™

Installation and Performance Verification Packages Service specialists identify, plan and coordinate complex product Professional documentation solutions, workflow integration ensures compliance and and installations for on-time and process consistency on-budget completion.

www.mt.com/ac-service

219 Melting, Dropping and Softening Point Simple, fast and reliable

220 Melting, Dropping and Page Melting Point 222–223 Dropping Point 224–225 Softening Point Good Melting and Dropping Point Practice 226–227

221 Melting Point

Determine the Melting Point With Just One Click™

Fast and accurate measurement of up to six samples simultaneously, in conformity with current Pharmacopeias and Industry Standards.

Rapid sample preparation One Click™ measurement Reliable results Rapid sample preparation and Quick to learn, easy to operate. The measurement principle and quick sample insertion can help One click on the product short the possibility of eliminating you to save time and money. The key starts the measurement and obvious outliers from mean value sample preparation tool holds up the analysis. Each user has his determination ensure excellent to six samples. own set of short keys, in his own repeatability without the need to language 1). repeat the measurement.

High throughput analysis Video replay Data output Faster sample preparation, quick High resolution AVI videos record Measurement results can be start with One Click™, simulta- all measurements and are avail- exported as PDF to a USB stick neous measurement of up to 6 able for further analysis and or as CSV to an SD card or a samples and automatic export elimination of obvious outliers. computer. Videos can be stored of results to printer, computer on a SD card for further evalua- or LIMS increases the overall tion on a PC 1). throughput. 1) MP70 and MP90

222 Melting Point

LabX software

LabX offers important benefits compared to the standalone instrument. These include freely programmable user management, a comprehensive reference substance database, special methods such as the determina-

tion of mixed melting points, and MP90 statistics based on several measurements. LabX provides full SOP user guidance on the instrument touchscreen and supports titrators, density meter, refractometers, melting point instruments and balances. It can be connected to ERP or SAP for full integration with existing information systems. For more details see pages 16–19

www.mt.com/one-click-melting

MP50 MP70 MP90 Temperature range RT to 300 °C RT to 350 °C RT to 400 °C Capillaries number Up to 4 Up to 4 Up to 6 Video Gray scale AVI Color AVI Color AVI Magnification 6x Magnification 6x Magnification 6x Video export – on SD card on an SD card or to a PC One Click (Short Cut) 12 12 per user 12 per user Max. number of methods – 20 60 Substance database – Up to 6 substances Up to 100 substances Number of permanently stored results Last 10 Last 50 Last 100 Measurement mode Pharmacopeia Pharmacopeia + Pharmacopeia + Thermodynamic Thermodynamic

RT = Room Temperature

223 Dropping Point

Dropping and Softening Point Precise and standard-compliant

With the innovative METTLER TOLEDO dropping point systems, you can determine dropping and softening points of pitch, asphalt, polymers, resins, waxes and many more materials with full automatic operation. Standard compliant cups and measurement methods guarantee comparable results.

DP70 Dropping Point DP90 Dropping Point

The instrument can be operated in two different The DP90 combines all the advantages of a DP70 modes: determination of dropping point or of sof- with the possibility to start a measurement from tening point. Visual camera observation and digital –20 °C. image analysis ensure that the result values are Determinations that were previously carried out reliable. manually (e.g. according to ASTM D127 or DIN The high resolution color videos recorded during 12785) can now be easily substituted by the auto the measurement can be repeatedly played back matic method. Access control with username and on the instrument. This allows you to check un password, duplicate determination and perfect expected results by visually verifying the measure- result documentation are only a few equipment ments. features which support regulatory compliance.

OneClick™ analysis One Click is all that is needed to start the measurement – the instrument does the rest for you. All results are securely archived and can be tracked at any time. Whether you print out results on a strip or network printer, save reports as PDF, or directly transfer all result files including video to a PC, you always get the maximum information possible from your measurements. In addition the result file in CSV format (comma separated values) enables the read-out of selected data by LIMS-software.

224 Dropping Point

Dropping Point Softening Point

The dropping point (DP) is a characteristic property The softening point (SP) is the temperature at of a material. It is the temperature at which the first which a substance has flowed a certain distance drop of a substance falls from a cup under defined under defined test conditions. test conditions.

Live image of the video of an EVA copolymer duplicate Softening of colophony. Scaling shown in mm, the white dropping point determination frame displays the evaluation area, while the bottom white line indicates the current edge detection

DP70 DP90 Instrument type Standalone instrument Control unit with external measuring cell Temperature range RT to 400 °C –20 °C to 400 °C Heating rate 0.1 to 20 °C per minute 0.1 to 20 °C per minute Cups number Up to 2 Up to 2 dimensions (orifice) 2.8 / 6.35 mm 2.8 / 6.35 mm Languages English, German, Chinese, Japanese, Spanish, French, Russian, Portuguese Video Color AVI Color AVI Magnification 2.5x Magnification 2.5x Video export on SD card or to PC on SD card or to PC Length diagram for softening Yes Yes User management Yes Yes Shortcuts (One Click™) 12 per user 12 per user

RT = Room Temperature

www.mt.com/one-click-dropping

225 Good Melting and Dropping Point Practice

MP and DP Service Solutions Assure Highest Performance

Professional installation, qualification, training and corresponding seamless documentation guarantee compliance with your process requirements. It ensures that your melting or dropping point system performs perfectly right from the beginning. METTLER TOLEDO offers a broad range of instrument qualification solutions adaptable to the specific needs.

Need Servie solution Professional Installation SOP based equipment installation Initial Qualification IPac: IQ/OQ execution and documentation Comprehensive Qualification EQPac: Comprehensive Equipment Qualification Training & Education EduPac: Certified training

IPac – EQPac – EduPac – Initial Qualification Package Equipment Qualification Package Education Package

IPac is the quick and easy solu- EQPac is a comprehensive qua- Under the watchful eye of our tion for instrument qualification. lification solution, meeting the specialist, this training package It includes the Installation Quali- strictest regulatory demands and helps you familiarize yourself fication and Operational Qualifi- requirements. Detailed docu- with the instrument, and learn cation processes (IQ/OQ), which mentation with a professionally- efficient operation through prac- are performed professionally and executed qualification procedure, tical exercises. documented accordingly. ensures conformity and establis- • Configuration and setup hes complete traceability from • Calibration & Adjustment the very start. • Structure of methods and analyses

226 Dropping Point

GMDP™ – Good Melting and Dropping Point Practice focuses on proactive identification and evaluation of measurement risks and thus contribute to dependable results. It covers the entire lifecycle of your instrument and helps to improve quality while reducing risks and costs.

Qualification Order no. English MP IPac 30100864 MP EQPac 51710757 MP EduPac 30100867 DP IPac 30100865

DP EQPac 30026235 Detailed information about melting and DP EduPac 30100870 dropping point service offering is available at: www.mt.com/GMDP

227 Materials Characterization

228 Page Overview 230 – 231 Good Thermal Analysis Practice 232 – 233 Thermal Analysis Modules 234 – 236 Thermal Analysis Options 237 Hot-Stage Microscopy Systems 238

METTLER TOLEDO sets the standards Materials in Thermal Analysis, just like with its Characterization world-class balances

229 Overview

Materials Characterization Thermal Analysis and Hot-Stage Microscopy

DSC Differential scanning calorimetry

The METTLER TOLEDO thermal analysis DSC determines the en- Excellence line offers tailor-made solu- thalpies associated with tions for academic and industrial appli transitions and reactions cations. The unrivalled performance and and the temperatures at innovative technology will propel you to which these processes the forefront of your field and guarantee occur. you the highest level of Swiss quality, accuracy and efficiency.

Features and benefits: • Modular concept – tailor-made solutions for current and future needs • High performance instruments – accurate analysis of a wide variety of samples • High-level competence and support – training courses and applications literature fosters knowledge sharing and growth • Service – prompt response and maintenance contracts guarantee maximum

system uptime DSC

Hot-stage microscopy yields a wealth of information that is complementary to the data obtained from the thermal analysis. This often greatly facilitates the interpretation of results. Thermal Analysis Excellence

230 Thermal Analysis Excellence analysis. by thermal processes tion produc optimizing and materials izing modern addition for character ideal is the Flash DSC calorimetry scanning differential Flash DSC Flash Flash DSC - -

Thermal Analysis Excellence sample. your of kinetics reaction the investigate or analysis compositional to perform isused It temperature. of afunction as weight ple sam measures TGA/DSC analysis gravimetric Thermo- TGA/DSC

TGA/DSC -

Thermal Analysis Excellence quency. timeand fre temperature, of afunction as materials of properties viscoelastic and measure the mechanical to used are TMA and DMA analysis mechanical analysis Thermo and Dynamic mechanical TMA and DMA DMA and TMA -

Thermal Analysis Excellence transitions.thermal all of of kind characterization visual the for used widely is microscopy Hot-stage analysis Thermal optical Microscopy Hot-Stage Hot-Stage Microscopy Overview 231 Good Thermal Analysis Practice™

5 Steps to Excellence 5 Routine 1 Full Life-Cycle Support Operation Evaluation

METTLER TOLEDO offers comprehensive TM support for all of the 5 steps of Good Thermal 4 GTAP 2 Analysis Practice. This not only ensures that Training Selection you invest in the most suitable equipment and services, but also that you operate your 3 system correctly, thereby minimizing errors Installation and improving performance. & Qualiﬁcation

GTAP™ supports you in fulfilling your requirements from the beginning. It allows you to make the right decisions during the entire life-cycle of your system. • Enables compliance with regulations • Ensures consistent and accurate results • Increases productivity at lower costs • Makes sure users are professionally trained

DQ IQ/OQ EduPac Design Qualification Installation & Qualification Education Package

This tool helps you to define your The Installation and Operational Under the watchful eye of our current and future requirements Qualification processes are per- specialist, this training package together with our consultant in formed carefully and guarantee helps you familiarize yourself order to select the most suitable that the equipment does what it with the instrument and learn effi- system for your application and is intended to do. Detailed docu- cient operation through practical protect your investment for the mentation with a professionally exercises. future. executed qualification procedure • Configuration of the system ensures conformity and estab- • Setting up experiments lishes complete traceability from • Measuring your samples the very start. • Evaluation and interpretation of the curves 232 5 Routine 1 Operation Evaluation

4 GTAP 2 Training Selection

3 Installation & Qualiﬁcation

Calibration Preventive Maintenance Evaluate Process Risks

Your system should be tested METTLER TOLEDO offers preven- Perform your own laboratory Thermal Analysis and calibrated regularly to ensure tive maintenance services that Risk Check with our web-based tool: that it consistently meets your guarantee high performance. www.mt.com/ta-riskcheck predefined requirements. Your system will be systematic METTLER TOLEDO offers various ally inspected to detect and calibration services. correct potential failures before they occur.

233 Thermal Analysis Modules

The STAR e System – the Flexible Solution Select the Right Thermal Analysis Module

A sound investment. You begin with the instrument configuration that meets your current needs. Later on, you can upgrade the system with options or accessories to satisfy your new requirements. It’s a sound investment, whatever you decide on.

Modular design STARe Software The STARe software is designed around the powerful basic software, which consists of the Evaluation and Module Control Windows and a simplified Installation Window. Robot Robot The software can easily be expanded to support new Flash DSC TGA TMA DMA HS applications or instruments. DSC

Features and benefits of the STARe Excellence Software: • Unlimited evaluation possibilities – enormous flexibility • Reliable automation – high sample throughput with result assessment dramatically improves efficiency • Integrated database – guarantees highest level of data security • 21 CFR Part 11 compliance – supports user level management and electronic signatures • Modular concept – tailor-made solutions for current and future needs • Easy and intuitive operation – saves time in training and in daily use

STAR e Thermal Analysis Software

Multi Module Operation Routine MaxRes Window Relative Method Loop Window Conditional Experiment Experiment Termination Window 21 CFR 11 User Rights Quality Server Model Control Mode Free TOPEM Concurrent LIMS Kinetics Users

Kinetics nth Order

The powerful and versatile STARe software provides unrivalled flexibility and unlimited evaluation possibilities 234 DSC HP DSC Flash DSC The DSC utilizes an innovative For material testing, process Flash DSC revolutionizes rapid- sensor with a patented star- development or quality control scanning DSC. Flash DSC allows shaped arrangement of 120 there is often no alternative to the user to analyze reorganization thermocouples that guarantees DSC measurements under pres- processes that were previously unmatched sensitivity and reso sure. Measurements performed impossible to measure. Flash lution. under pressure expand the pos- DSC is the ideal complement to sibilities of thermal analysis. conventional DSC.

DSC features and benefits: HP DSC features and Flash DSC features and • Amazing sensitivity – for the benefits: benefits: measurement of weak effects • Shorter analysis time – higher • Ultra-high heating rates – • Outstanding resolution – pressure and temperature reduce measurement times a llows measurement of rapid accelerate reactions and suppress reorganization changes and closelying events • Measurement under process processes • Efficient automation – reliable conditions – simulation of • Ultra-high cooling rates – allow sample robot for high sample practical reaction environments materials with defined struc- throughput • Better interpretation – effects tural properties to be prepared can be separated by suppress- • Fast response sensor – enables ing vaporization the kinetics of extremely fast reactions or crystallization processes to be studied 235 Thermal Analysis Modules

TGA and TGA/DSC TMA DMA The TGA and TGA/DSC is equipped The Thermomechanical Analyzer The Dynamic Mechanical Ana- with a top-of-the-line METTLER incorporates Swiss precision lyzer (DMA) with its revolutionary TOLEDO ultramicro balance with mechanics and features nanome- technology offers previously unat- unique built-in calibration ring ter resolution to measure the very tained performance and time weights for unparalleled accuracy. smallest dimensional changes. saving external sample loading.

TGA/DSC features and benefits: TMA features and benefits: DMA features and benefits: • Efficient automation – reliable • Nanometer resolution – a llows • Wide force range from 1 mN sample robot for high sample very small changes to be to 40 N – allows very soft and throughput measured very hard samples to be meas- • METTLER TOLEDO ultramicro • Dynamic load TMA (DLTMA ured balance – rely on the balance mode) – measures weak tran- • Frequency range from 1 mHz technology leader sitions and elasticity to 1 kHz – means that meas- • DSC heat flow measurement – • SDTA – simultaneous measure- urements can be performed for simultaneous detection of ment of thermal effects under real conditions or more thermal events rapidly at higher frequencies • Innovative sample holders – permit samples to be prepared and loaded externally

236 Thermal Analysis Options

Extremely wide application range Thermal analysis is firmly established as a method for the characterization of physical and chemical properties of materials in many different fields.

Materials characterization by DSC Flash DSC TGA TMA DMA

Physical properties Melting / crystallization • • • • Enthalpy of crystallization • • Solid fat index • Purity determination • Vaporization / drying • • Sorption and desorption • Glass transition • • • • Specific heat capacity • • Expansion coefficient, shrinkage behavior • www.mt.com/ta-usercoms Polymorphism, crystalline transitions • • • Liquid-crystalline transitions • • Viscoelastic behavior, elastic modulus • •

Chemical changes Decomposition, pyrolysis • • • Oxidation, stability • • • Curing, vulcanization, gelation • • • Dehydration • • • Denaturation • • Swelling and foaming • • www.mt.com/ta-webinars Reaction process, reaction enthalpy and kinetics • • • www.mt.com/ta-etraining

Crucibles and sensors for thermal analysis

Crucibles serve as containers for Part no. Crucible type Quan- Volume Max. Max. for for tity in uL pressure tempera DSC TGA samples during thermoanalytical in MPa ture in °C measurements. The type of crucible 51119810 Aluminum crucible light 100 20 0.2 640 •• used for a measurement can have 00026763 Aluminum crucible standard 100 40 0.2 640 • a large effect on the quality of the 51140407 Copper crucible 100 40 750 •• results obtained, and in addition, 51140842 Platinum crucible small 4 30 1600 •• also influences important charac- 51119654 Platinum crucible medium 4 70 1600 •• 00027220 Gold crucible 6 40 0.25 750 •• teristics of the DSC measuring cell. 00029990 Medium pressure crucible 25 120 2 250 • In Flash DSC, the sample is placed 51140405 Reusable, gold plated high 3 30 15 350 • directly onto the MultiSTAR chip pressure crucible sensor. The patented dynamic 00026731 High pressure crucible 25 40 15 750 • power compensation control circuit 51140845 Sapphire crucible medium 4 70 2000 • allows measurements to be per- 51140843 Alumina crucible small 20 30 2000 • formed with minimum noise level 00024123 Alumina crucible medium 20 70 2000 • 00024124 Alumina crucible large 20 150 2000 * at high heating and cooling rates. 51119960 Alumina crucible large 4 900 2000 *

* only with large furnace

For more crucibles please see www.mt.com/ta-crucibles or ask for the crucible brochure. 237 Hot-Stage Microscopy Systems

Hot-Stage Microscopy Systems Seeing is Believing

The hot-stage microscopy is a powerful tool that is widely used for the visual characterization of all kind of thermal transitions. The possibility of directly observing morphological changes in a sample as it is heated or cooled is of enormous value. Changes in the shape, structure and color of crystals are seen as well as their size and number. The technique allows phase transitions to be characterized and provides information on expansion and shrinkage behavior.

Features and benefits: Choice of thermal events and operations • Imaging possibilities – allow polymorphic which can be defined using the HS82/HS84 transitions to be studied visually Industry Thermal events HS82 HS84 • Closed furnace design – guarantees excellent Pharmaceutical, petrol, Melting characteristics temperature control food, cosmetics, •• • High sensitivity – optical sensitivity is not academia Pharmaceuticals, food, Polymorphism •• influenced by the heating or cooling rates cosmetics Chemicals, cosmetics Liquid crystal transitions •• Polymers, pharma Crystallization and •• ceuticals nucleation Chemicals, petrol Cloud point • Chemicals, academia, Purity • test laboratories Pharmaceuticals, Decomposition tempe- •• chemicals, polymers rature Polymers Curing • Pharmaceuticals, poly- Reaction and transfor- mers, chemicals, aca- mation enthalpy • demia, test laboratories Forensic science Oil immersion / tempe- • rature variation method

The HS82 hot-stage microscopy system is an easy-to-use and precise thermal measuring cell for visual sample observation. The HS84 hot-stage microscopy system allows DSC heat flow measurements in addition. Two different software packages allow evaluation of heat flow or video image capture.

Image at 100 °C Image at 90 °C

238 Mettler-Toledo AG CH-8606 Greifensee, Switzerland METTLER TOLEDO Phone +41-44-944 22 11 Organizations Worldwide Fax +41-44-944 30 60 Australia Mettler-Toledo Ltd., Port Melbourne, Victoria 3207 Tel. (03) 9644 57 00, Fax (03) 9645 39 35 www.mt.com/contacts Austria Mettler-Toledo GmbH., A-1230 Wien Tel. (01) 604 19 80, Fax (01) 604 28 80 Belgium Mettler-Toledo s.a., B-1932 Zaventem Tel. (02) 334 02 11, Fax (02) 334 03 34 Brazil Mettler-Toledo Ind. e Com. Ltda., 06460-000 Barueri/São Paulo Tel. (11) 4166-7400, Fax (11) 41667401 Canada Mettler-Toledo Inc., Ontario, Canada Tel 800-METTLER, Fax 1-800-786-0042 China Mettler-Toledo China, Shanghai 200233 Tel. (21) 6485 04 35, Fax (21) 6485 33 51 Croatia Mettler-Toledo, d.o.o., HR-10000 Zagreb Tel. 01 29 58 130, Fax 01 29 58 140 Czech Republic Mettler-Toledo, spol, s.r.o., CZ-100 00 Praha 10 Tel. 226 808 150, Fax 226 808 170 Denmark Mettler-Toledo A/S, DK-2600 Glostrup Tel. 43 270 800, Fax 43 270 828 France Mettler-Toledo SAS, F-78222 Viroflay Tel. (01) 3097 17 17, Fax (01) 3097 16 16 Germany Mettler-Toledo GmbH, D-35353 Giessen Tel. (0641) 50 70, Fax (0641) 507 128 HongKong Mettler-Toledo (HK) MTCN Ltd., Kowloon Tel. (852) 2744 1221, Fax (852) 2744 6878 Hungary Mettler-Toledo Kft., H-1139 Budapest Tel. 06 1 288 4040, Fax: 06 1 288 4050 India Mettler-Toledo India Pvt Ltd, Mumbai 400 072 Tel. (22) 4291 0111 Fax (22) 2857 5071 Italy Mettler-Toledo S.p.A., I-20026 Novate Milanese Tel. (02) 333 321, Fax (02) 356 29 73 Japan Mettler-Toledo K.K., Tokyo 110-0008 Tel. (3) 5815 5515,, Fax (3) 5815 5525 Korea Mettler-Toledo (Korea) Ltd., Seoul 137-130 Tel. 82-2-3498-3500, Fax 82-2-3498-3555 Kazakhstan Mettler-Toledo Central Asia, 050009 Almaty Tel. (07) 727 2980833, Fax (07) 7272980835 Malaysia Mettler-Toledo (M) Sdn. Bhd., 40150 Selangor Tel. +60-3-7844 5888, Fax +60-3-784 58 773 Mexico Mettler-Toledo S.A. de C.V., México, D.F. C.P. 11570 Tel. (55) 1946 0900, Fax (55) 5550 5250 Netherlands Mettler-Toledo B.V., NL-4004 JK Tiel Tel. (0344) 638 363, Fax (0344) 638 390 Norway Mettler-Toledo AS, NO-0581 Oslo Tel. 22 30 44 90, Fax 22 32 70 02 Poland Mettler-Toledo, Sp. z o.o., PL-02-822 Warszawa Tel. (22) 440 67 00, Fax (22) 440 67 38 Russia Mettler-Toledo C.I.S. AG, 101000 Moskau Tel. (495) 651 98 86, Fax 499) 272 22 74 Singapore Mettler-Toledo (S) Pte. Ltd., Singapore 139959 Tel. 65-6890 0011, Fax 65-6890 0012 Slovakia Mettler-Toledo, SK-83103 Bratislava Tel. (02) 4444 1220, Fax (02) 4444 12 23 Slovenia Mettler-Toledo, d.o.o., SI-1261 Ljubljana – Dobrunje Tel. (01) 547 4900, Fax (01) 542 0252 Spain Mettler-Toledo S.A.E., E-08908 Barcelona Tel. 902 32 00 23, Fax 902 32 00 24 Sweden Mettler-Toledo AB, S-12008 Stockholm Tel. 08 702 50 00, Fax 08 642 45 62 Switzerland Mettler-Toledo (Schweiz) GmbH, CH-8606 Greifensee Tel. (044) 944 47 60, Fax (044) 944 45 10 Thailand Mettler-Toledo (Thailand) Ltd., Bangkok 10320 Tel. 66-2-723 0300, Fax 66-2-719 6479 Taiwan Mettler-Toledo Pac Rim AG, Taipei Tel. (2) 2657 8898, Fax (2) 2657 0776 United Kingdom Mettler-Toledo Ltd., Leicester, LE4 1AW Tel. (0116) 235 70 70, Fax (0116) 236 6399 United States Mettler-Toledo, LLC, Columbus, OH 43240 Tel. 800-METTLER, Fax (614) 438 4900 Vietnam Mettler Toledo Vietnam LLC., Ho Chi Minh City Tel. +84-8-3551-5924, Fax +84-8-3551-5923

For all other countries Mettler-Toledo AG PO Box VI-400, CH-8606 Greifensee Tel. +41-44-944 22 11, Fax +41-44-944 31 70 Stay up to Date With METTLER TOLEDO

Take advantage of our variety of publications and online resources to keep you and your business up to date and well informed.

EasyFinder™ Our updated online product selection tool helps you find your perfect balance. New features include: • Side-by-side comparison Laboratory Catalog 2014/15 Catalog Laboratory • Save and share search results • Personalized printing • Get a free GWP® Recommendation for immediate download www.mt.com/easyfinder

Live and on-demand Webinars Our web-based seminars (webinars), live and on demand, give you the opportunity to receive specific and relevant information concerning our products and applications. e.g. Thermal Analysis Webinars www.mt.com/ta-webinars e.g. Automated Chemistry Webinars www.mt.com/ac-webinars

Good Measuring Practices Risk-based guidelines for weighing, titration and pipetting from METTLER TOLEDO empower you to make the right decision when it really matters. Good Measurement Practices www.mt.com/gp New white paper on Good Measuring Practices www.mt.com/Lab-Good-Practices

www.mt.com For more information

Mettler-Toledo AG Quality certificate Laboratory Division Development, production and CH-8606 Greifensee, Switzerland testing according to ISO 9001. Tel. +41 44 944 22 11 Fax +41 44 944 30 60 Environment management system according to ISO 14001. METTLER TOLEDO Subject to technical changes "Communauté Européenne" © 02/2014 Mettler-Toledo AG This mark gives you the assur- Printed in Switzerland 11795953 ance that our products conform Global MarCom Switzerland with the latest directives.